1@c Copyright (C) 1988-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
2@c This is part of the GCC manual.
3@c For copying conditions, see the file gcc.texi.
4
5@node Target Macros
6@chapter Target Description Macros and Functions
7@cindex machine description macros
8@cindex target description macros
9@cindex macros, target description
10@cindex @file{tm.h} macros
11
12In addition to the file @file{@var{machine}.md}, a machine description
13includes a C header file conventionally given the name
14@file{@var{machine}.h} and a C source file named @file{@var{machine}.c}.
15The header file defines numerous macros that convey the information
16about the target machine that does not fit into the scheme of the
17@file{.md} file.  The file @file{tm.h} should be a link to
18@file{@var{machine}.h}.  The header file @file{config.h} includes
19@file{tm.h} and most compiler source files include @file{config.h}.  The
20source file defines a variable @code{targetm}, which is a structure
21containing pointers to functions and data relating to the target
22machine.  @file{@var{machine}.c} should also contain their definitions,
23if they are not defined elsewhere in GCC, and other functions called
24through the macros defined in the @file{.h} file.
25
26@menu
27* Target Structure::    The @code{targetm} variable.
28* Driver::              Controlling how the driver runs the compilation passes.
29* Run-time Target::     Defining @samp{-m} options like @option{-m68000} and @option{-m68020}.
30* Per-Function Data::   Defining data structures for per-function information.
31* Storage Layout::      Defining sizes and alignments of data.
32* Type Layout::         Defining sizes and properties of basic user data types.
33* Registers::           Naming and describing the hardware registers.
34* Register Classes::    Defining the classes of hardware registers.
35* Stack and Calling::   Defining which way the stack grows and by how much.
36* Varargs::             Defining the varargs macros.
37* Trampolines::         Code set up at run time to enter a nested function.
38* Library Calls::       Controlling how library routines are implicitly called.
39* Addressing Modes::    Defining addressing modes valid for memory operands.
40* Anchored Addresses::  Defining how @option{-fsection-anchors} should work.
41* Condition Code::      Defining how insns update the condition code.
42* Costs::               Defining relative costs of different operations.
43* Scheduling::          Adjusting the behavior of the instruction scheduler.
44* Sections::            Dividing storage into text, data, and other sections.
45* PIC::                 Macros for position independent code.
46* Assembler Format::    Defining how to write insns and pseudo-ops to output.
47* Debugging Info::      Defining the format of debugging output.
48* Floating Point::      Handling floating point for cross-compilers.
49* Mode Switching::      Insertion of mode-switching instructions.
50* Target Attributes::   Defining target-specific uses of @code{__attribute__}.
51* Emulated TLS::        Emulated TLS support.
52* MIPS Coprocessors::   MIPS coprocessor support and how to customize it.
53* PCH Target::          Validity checking for precompiled headers.
54* C++ ABI::             Controlling C++ ABI changes.
55* Named Address Spaces:: Adding support for named address spaces
56* Misc::                Everything else.
57@end menu
58
59@node Target Structure
60@section The Global @code{targetm} Variable
61@cindex target hooks
62@cindex target functions
63
64@deftypevar {struct gcc_target} targetm
65The target @file{.c} file must define the global @code{targetm} variable
66which contains pointers to functions and data relating to the target
67machine.  The variable is declared in @file{target.h};
68@file{target-def.h} defines the macro @code{TARGET_INITIALIZER} which is
69used to initialize the variable, and macros for the default initializers
70for elements of the structure.  The @file{.c} file should override those
71macros for which the default definition is inappropriate.  For example:
72@smallexample
73#include "target.h"
74#include "target-def.h"
75
76/* @r{Initialize the GCC target structure.}  */
77
78#undef TARGET_COMP_TYPE_ATTRIBUTES
79#define TARGET_COMP_TYPE_ATTRIBUTES @var{machine}_comp_type_attributes
80
81struct gcc_target targetm = TARGET_INITIALIZER;
82@end smallexample
83@end deftypevar
84
85Where a macro should be defined in the @file{.c} file in this manner to
86form part of the @code{targetm} structure, it is documented below as a
87``Target Hook'' with a prototype.  Many macros will change in future
88from being defined in the @file{.h} file to being part of the
89@code{targetm} structure.
90
91Similarly, there is a @code{targetcm} variable for hooks that are
92specific to front ends for C-family languages, documented as ``C
93Target Hook''.  This is declared in @file{c-family/c-target.h}, the
94initializer @code{TARGETCM_INITIALIZER} in
95@file{c-family/c-target-def.h}.  If targets initialize @code{targetcm}
96themselves, they should set @code{target_has_targetcm=yes} in
97@file{config.gcc}; otherwise a default definition is used.
98
99Similarly, there is a @code{targetm_common} variable for hooks that
100are shared between the compiler driver and the compilers proper,
101documented as ``Common Target Hook''.  This is declared in
102@file{common/common-target.h}, the initializer
103@code{TARGETM_COMMON_INITIALIZER} in
104@file{common/common-target-def.h}.  If targets initialize
105@code{targetm_common} themselves, they should set
106@code{target_has_targetm_common=yes} in @file{config.gcc}; otherwise a
107default definition is used.
108
109@node Driver
110@section Controlling the Compilation Driver, @file{gcc}
111@cindex driver
112@cindex controlling the compilation driver
113
114@c prevent bad page break with this line
115You can control the compilation driver.
116
117@defmac DRIVER_SELF_SPECS
118A list of specs for the driver itself.  It should be a suitable
119initializer for an array of strings, with no surrounding braces.
120
121The driver applies these specs to its own command line between loading
122default @file{specs} files (but not command-line specified ones) and
123choosing the multilib directory or running any subcommands.  It
124applies them in the order given, so each spec can depend on the
125options added by earlier ones.  It is also possible to remove options
126using @samp{%<@var{option}} in the usual way.
127
128This macro can be useful when a port has several interdependent target
129options.  It provides a way of standardizing the command line so
130that the other specs are easier to write.
131
132Do not define this macro if it does not need to do anything.
133@end defmac
134
135@defmac OPTION_DEFAULT_SPECS
136A list of specs used to support configure-time default options (i.e.@:
137@option{--with} options) in the driver.  It should be a suitable initializer
138for an array of structures, each containing two strings, without the
139outermost pair of surrounding braces.
140
141The first item in the pair is the name of the default.  This must match
142the code in @file{config.gcc} for the target.  The second item is a spec
143to apply if a default with this name was specified.  The string
144@samp{%(VALUE)} in the spec will be replaced by the value of the default
145everywhere it occurs.
146
147The driver will apply these specs to its own command line between loading
148default @file{specs} files and processing @code{DRIVER_SELF_SPECS}, using
149the same mechanism as @code{DRIVER_SELF_SPECS}.
150
151Do not define this macro if it does not need to do anything.
152@end defmac
153
154@defmac CPP_SPEC
155A C string constant that tells the GCC driver program options to
156pass to CPP@.  It can also specify how to translate options you
157give to GCC into options for GCC to pass to the CPP@.
158
159Do not define this macro if it does not need to do anything.
160@end defmac
161
162@defmac CPLUSPLUS_CPP_SPEC
163This macro is just like @code{CPP_SPEC}, but is used for C++, rather
164than C@.  If you do not define this macro, then the value of
165@code{CPP_SPEC} (if any) will be used instead.
166@end defmac
167
168@defmac CC1_SPEC
169A C string constant that tells the GCC driver program options to
170pass to @code{cc1}, @code{cc1plus}, @code{f771}, and the other language
171front ends.
172It can also specify how to translate options you give to GCC into options
173for GCC to pass to front ends.
174
175Do not define this macro if it does not need to do anything.
176@end defmac
177
178@defmac CC1PLUS_SPEC
179A C string constant that tells the GCC driver program options to
180pass to @code{cc1plus}.  It can also specify how to translate options you
181give to GCC into options for GCC to pass to the @code{cc1plus}.
182
183Do not define this macro if it does not need to do anything.
184Note that everything defined in CC1_SPEC is already passed to
185@code{cc1plus} so there is no need to duplicate the contents of
186CC1_SPEC in CC1PLUS_SPEC@.
187@end defmac
188
189@defmac ASM_SPEC
190A C string constant that tells the GCC driver program options to
191pass to the assembler.  It can also specify how to translate options
192you give to GCC into options for GCC to pass to the assembler.
193See the file @file{sun3.h} for an example of this.
194
195Do not define this macro if it does not need to do anything.
196@end defmac
197
198@defmac ASM_FINAL_SPEC
199A C string constant that tells the GCC driver program how to
200run any programs which cleanup after the normal assembler.
201Normally, this is not needed.  See the file @file{mips.h} for
202an example of this.
203
204Do not define this macro if it does not need to do anything.
205@end defmac
206
207@defmac AS_NEEDS_DASH_FOR_PIPED_INPUT
208Define this macro, with no value, if the driver should give the assembler
209an argument consisting of a single dash, @option{-}, to instruct it to
210read from its standard input (which will be a pipe connected to the
211output of the compiler proper).  This argument is given after any
212@option{-o} option specifying the name of the output file.
213
214If you do not define this macro, the assembler is assumed to read its
215standard input if given no non-option arguments.  If your assembler
216cannot read standard input at all, use a @samp{%@{pipe:%e@}} construct;
217see @file{mips.h} for instance.
218@end defmac
219
220@defmac LINK_SPEC
221A C string constant that tells the GCC driver program options to
222pass to the linker.  It can also specify how to translate options you
223give to GCC into options for GCC to pass to the linker.
224
225Do not define this macro if it does not need to do anything.
226@end defmac
227
228@defmac LIB_SPEC
229Another C string constant used much like @code{LINK_SPEC}.  The difference
230between the two is that @code{LIB_SPEC} is used at the end of the
231command given to the linker.
232
233If this macro is not defined, a default is provided that
234loads the standard C library from the usual place.  See @file{gcc.c}.
235@end defmac
236
237@defmac LIBGCC_SPEC
238Another C string constant that tells the GCC driver program
239how and when to place a reference to @file{libgcc.a} into the
240linker command line.  This constant is placed both before and after
241the value of @code{LIB_SPEC}.
242
243If this macro is not defined, the GCC driver provides a default that
244passes the string @option{-lgcc} to the linker.
245@end defmac
246
247@defmac REAL_LIBGCC_SPEC
248By default, if @code{ENABLE_SHARED_LIBGCC} is defined, the
249@code{LIBGCC_SPEC} is not directly used by the driver program but is
250instead modified to refer to different versions of @file{libgcc.a}
251depending on the values of the command line flags @option{-static},
252@option{-shared}, @option{-static-libgcc}, and @option{-shared-libgcc}.  On
253targets where these modifications are inappropriate, define
254@code{REAL_LIBGCC_SPEC} instead.  @code{REAL_LIBGCC_SPEC} tells the
255driver how to place a reference to @file{libgcc} on the link command
256line, but, unlike @code{LIBGCC_SPEC}, it is used unmodified.
257@end defmac
258
259@defmac USE_LD_AS_NEEDED
260A macro that controls the modifications to @code{LIBGCC_SPEC}
261mentioned in @code{REAL_LIBGCC_SPEC}.  If nonzero, a spec will be
262generated that uses @option{--as-needed} or equivalent options and the
263shared @file{libgcc} in place of the
264static exception handler library, when linking without any of
265@code{-static}, @code{-static-libgcc}, or @code{-shared-libgcc}.
266@end defmac
267
268@defmac LINK_EH_SPEC
269If defined, this C string constant is added to @code{LINK_SPEC}.
270When @code{USE_LD_AS_NEEDED} is zero or undefined, it also affects
271the modifications to @code{LIBGCC_SPEC} mentioned in
272@code{REAL_LIBGCC_SPEC}.
273@end defmac
274
275@defmac STARTFILE_SPEC
276Another C string constant used much like @code{LINK_SPEC}.  The
277difference between the two is that @code{STARTFILE_SPEC} is used at
278the very beginning of the command given to the linker.
279
280If this macro is not defined, a default is provided that loads the
281standard C startup file from the usual place.  See @file{gcc.c}.
282@end defmac
283
284@defmac ENDFILE_SPEC
285Another C string constant used much like @code{LINK_SPEC}.  The
286difference between the two is that @code{ENDFILE_SPEC} is used at
287the very end of the command given to the linker.
288
289Do not define this macro if it does not need to do anything.
290@end defmac
291
292@defmac THREAD_MODEL_SPEC
293GCC @code{-v} will print the thread model GCC was configured to use.
294However, this doesn't work on platforms that are multilibbed on thread
295models, such as AIX 4.3.  On such platforms, define
296@code{THREAD_MODEL_SPEC} such that it evaluates to a string without
297blanks that names one of the recognized thread models.  @code{%*}, the
298default value of this macro, will expand to the value of
299@code{thread_file} set in @file{config.gcc}.
300@end defmac
301
302@defmac SYSROOT_SUFFIX_SPEC
303Define this macro to add a suffix to the target sysroot when GCC is
304configured with a sysroot.  This will cause GCC to search for usr/lib,
305et al, within sysroot+suffix.
306@end defmac
307
308@defmac SYSROOT_HEADERS_SUFFIX_SPEC
309Define this macro to add a headers_suffix to the target sysroot when
310GCC is configured with a sysroot.  This will cause GCC to pass the
311updated sysroot+headers_suffix to CPP, causing it to search for
312usr/include, et al, within sysroot+headers_suffix.
313@end defmac
314
315@defmac EXTRA_SPECS
316Define this macro to provide additional specifications to put in the
317@file{specs} file that can be used in various specifications like
318@code{CC1_SPEC}.
319
320The definition should be an initializer for an array of structures,
321containing a string constant, that defines the specification name, and a
322string constant that provides the specification.
323
324Do not define this macro if it does not need to do anything.
325
326@code{EXTRA_SPECS} is useful when an architecture contains several
327related targets, which have various @code{@dots{}_SPECS} which are similar
328to each other, and the maintainer would like one central place to keep
329these definitions.
330
331For example, the PowerPC System V.4 targets use @code{EXTRA_SPECS} to
332define either @code{_CALL_SYSV} when the System V calling sequence is
333used or @code{_CALL_AIX} when the older AIX-based calling sequence is
334used.
335
336The @file{config/rs6000/rs6000.h} target file defines:
337
338@smallexample
339#define EXTRA_SPECS \
340  @{ "cpp_sysv_default", CPP_SYSV_DEFAULT @},
341
342#define CPP_SYS_DEFAULT ""
343@end smallexample
344
345The @file{config/rs6000/sysv.h} target file defines:
346@smallexample
347#undef CPP_SPEC
348#define CPP_SPEC \
349"%@{posix: -D_POSIX_SOURCE @} \
350%@{mcall-sysv: -D_CALL_SYSV @} \
351%@{!mcall-sysv: %(cpp_sysv_default) @} \
352%@{msoft-float: -D_SOFT_FLOAT@} %@{mcpu=403: -D_SOFT_FLOAT@}"
353
354#undef CPP_SYSV_DEFAULT
355#define CPP_SYSV_DEFAULT "-D_CALL_SYSV"
356@end smallexample
357
358while the @file{config/rs6000/eabiaix.h} target file defines
359@code{CPP_SYSV_DEFAULT} as:
360
361@smallexample
362#undef CPP_SYSV_DEFAULT
363#define CPP_SYSV_DEFAULT "-D_CALL_AIX"
364@end smallexample
365@end defmac
366
367@defmac LINK_LIBGCC_SPECIAL_1
368Define this macro if the driver program should find the library
369@file{libgcc.a}.  If you do not define this macro, the driver program will pass
370the argument @option{-lgcc} to tell the linker to do the search.
371@end defmac
372
373@defmac LINK_GCC_C_SEQUENCE_SPEC
374The sequence in which libgcc and libc are specified to the linker.
375By default this is @code{%G %L %G}.
376@end defmac
377
378@defmac POST_LINK_SPEC
379Define this macro to add additional steps to be executed after linker.
380The default value of this macro is empty string.
381@end defmac
382
383@defmac LINK_COMMAND_SPEC
384A C string constant giving the complete command line need to execute the
385linker.  When you do this, you will need to update your port each time a
386change is made to the link command line within @file{gcc.c}.  Therefore,
387define this macro only if you need to completely redefine the command
388line for invoking the linker and there is no other way to accomplish
389the effect you need.  Overriding this macro may be avoidable by overriding
390@code{LINK_GCC_C_SEQUENCE_SPEC} instead.
391@end defmac
392
393@hook TARGET_ALWAYS_STRIP_DOTDOT
394
395@defmac MULTILIB_DEFAULTS
396Define this macro as a C expression for the initializer of an array of
397string to tell the driver program which options are defaults for this
398target and thus do not need to be handled specially when using
399@code{MULTILIB_OPTIONS}.
400
401Do not define this macro if @code{MULTILIB_OPTIONS} is not defined in
402the target makefile fragment or if none of the options listed in
403@code{MULTILIB_OPTIONS} are set by default.
404@xref{Target Fragment}.
405@end defmac
406
407@defmac RELATIVE_PREFIX_NOT_LINKDIR
408Define this macro to tell @command{gcc} that it should only translate
409a @option{-B} prefix into a @option{-L} linker option if the prefix
410indicates an absolute file name.
411@end defmac
412
413@defmac MD_EXEC_PREFIX
414If defined, this macro is an additional prefix to try after
415@code{STANDARD_EXEC_PREFIX}.  @code{MD_EXEC_PREFIX} is not searched
416when the compiler is built as a cross
417compiler.  If you define @code{MD_EXEC_PREFIX}, then be sure to add it
418to the list of directories used to find the assembler in @file{configure.ac}.
419@end defmac
420
421@defmac STANDARD_STARTFILE_PREFIX
422Define this macro as a C string constant if you wish to override the
423standard choice of @code{libdir} as the default prefix to
424try when searching for startup files such as @file{crt0.o}.
425@code{STANDARD_STARTFILE_PREFIX} is not searched when the compiler
426is built as a cross compiler.
427@end defmac
428
429@defmac STANDARD_STARTFILE_PREFIX_1
430Define this macro as a C string constant if you wish to override the
431standard choice of @code{/lib} as a prefix to try after the default prefix
432when searching for startup files such as @file{crt0.o}.
433@code{STANDARD_STARTFILE_PREFIX_1} is not searched when the compiler
434is built as a cross compiler.
435@end defmac
436
437@defmac STANDARD_STARTFILE_PREFIX_2
438Define this macro as a C string constant if you wish to override the
439standard choice of @code{/lib} as yet another prefix to try after the
440default prefix when searching for startup files such as @file{crt0.o}.
441@code{STANDARD_STARTFILE_PREFIX_2} is not searched when the compiler
442is built as a cross compiler.
443@end defmac
444
445@defmac MD_STARTFILE_PREFIX
446If defined, this macro supplies an additional prefix to try after the
447standard prefixes.  @code{MD_EXEC_PREFIX} is not searched when the
448compiler is built as a cross compiler.
449@end defmac
450
451@defmac MD_STARTFILE_PREFIX_1
452If defined, this macro supplies yet another prefix to try after the
453standard prefixes.  It is not searched when the compiler is built as a
454cross compiler.
455@end defmac
456
457@defmac INIT_ENVIRONMENT
458Define this macro as a C string constant if you wish to set environment
459variables for programs called by the driver, such as the assembler and
460loader.  The driver passes the value of this macro to @code{putenv} to
461initialize the necessary environment variables.
462@end defmac
463
464@defmac LOCAL_INCLUDE_DIR
465Define this macro as a C string constant if you wish to override the
466standard choice of @file{/usr/local/include} as the default prefix to
467try when searching for local header files.  @code{LOCAL_INCLUDE_DIR}
468comes before @code{NATIVE_SYSTEM_HEADER_DIR} (set in
469@file{config.gcc}, normally @file{/usr/include}) in the search order.
470
471Cross compilers do not search either @file{/usr/local/include} or its
472replacement.
473@end defmac
474
475@defmac NATIVE_SYSTEM_HEADER_COMPONENT
476The ``component'' corresponding to @code{NATIVE_SYSTEM_HEADER_DIR}.
477See @code{INCLUDE_DEFAULTS}, below, for the description of components.
478If you do not define this macro, no component is used.
479@end defmac
480
481@defmac INCLUDE_DEFAULTS
482Define this macro if you wish to override the entire default search path
483for include files.  For a native compiler, the default search path
484usually consists of @code{GCC_INCLUDE_DIR}, @code{LOCAL_INCLUDE_DIR},
485@code{GPLUSPLUS_INCLUDE_DIR}, and
486@code{NATIVE_SYSTEM_HEADER_DIR}.  In addition, @code{GPLUSPLUS_INCLUDE_DIR}
487and @code{GCC_INCLUDE_DIR} are defined automatically by @file{Makefile},
488and specify private search areas for GCC@.  The directory
489@code{GPLUSPLUS_INCLUDE_DIR} is used only for C++ programs.
490
491The definition should be an initializer for an array of structures.
492Each array element should have four elements: the directory name (a
493string constant), the component name (also a string constant), a flag
494for C++-only directories,
495and a flag showing that the includes in the directory don't need to be
496wrapped in @code{extern @samp{C}} when compiling C++.  Mark the end of
497the array with a null element.
498
499The component name denotes what GNU package the include file is part of,
500if any, in all uppercase letters.  For example, it might be @samp{GCC}
501or @samp{BINUTILS}.  If the package is part of a vendor-supplied
502operating system, code the component name as @samp{0}.
503
504For example, here is the definition used for VAX/VMS:
505
506@smallexample
507#define INCLUDE_DEFAULTS \
508@{                                       \
509  @{ "GNU_GXX_INCLUDE:", "G++", 1, 1@},   \
510  @{ "GNU_CC_INCLUDE:", "GCC", 0, 0@},    \
511  @{ "SYS$SYSROOT:[SYSLIB.]", 0, 0, 0@},  \
512  @{ ".", 0, 0, 0@},                      \
513  @{ 0, 0, 0, 0@}                         \
514@}
515@end smallexample
516@end defmac
517
518Here is the order of prefixes tried for exec files:
519
520@enumerate
521@item
522Any prefixes specified by the user with @option{-B}.
523
524@item
525The environment variable @code{GCC_EXEC_PREFIX} or, if @code{GCC_EXEC_PREFIX}
526is not set and the compiler has not been installed in the configure-time
527@var{prefix}, the location in which the compiler has actually been installed.
528
529@item
530The directories specified by the environment variable @code{COMPILER_PATH}.
531
532@item
533The macro @code{STANDARD_EXEC_PREFIX}, if the compiler has been installed
534in the configured-time @var{prefix}.
535
536@item
537The location @file{/usr/libexec/gcc/}, but only if this is a native compiler.
538
539@item
540The location @file{/usr/lib/gcc/}, but only if this is a native compiler.
541
542@item
543The macro @code{MD_EXEC_PREFIX}, if defined, but only if this is a native
544compiler.
545@end enumerate
546
547Here is the order of prefixes tried for startfiles:
548
549@enumerate
550@item
551Any prefixes specified by the user with @option{-B}.
552
553@item
554The environment variable @code{GCC_EXEC_PREFIX} or its automatically determined
555value based on the installed toolchain location.
556
557@item
558The directories specified by the environment variable @code{LIBRARY_PATH}
559(or port-specific name; native only, cross compilers do not use this).
560
561@item
562The macro @code{STANDARD_EXEC_PREFIX}, but only if the toolchain is installed
563in the configured @var{prefix} or this is a native compiler.
564
565@item
566The location @file{/usr/lib/gcc/}, but only if this is a native compiler.
567
568@item
569The macro @code{MD_EXEC_PREFIX}, if defined, but only if this is a native
570compiler.
571
572@item
573The macro @code{MD_STARTFILE_PREFIX}, if defined, but only if this is a
574native compiler, or we have a target system root.
575
576@item
577The macro @code{MD_STARTFILE_PREFIX_1}, if defined, but only if this is a
578native compiler, or we have a target system root.
579
580@item
581The macro @code{STANDARD_STARTFILE_PREFIX}, with any sysroot modifications.
582If this path is relative it will be prefixed by @code{GCC_EXEC_PREFIX} and
583the machine suffix or @code{STANDARD_EXEC_PREFIX} and the machine suffix.
584
585@item
586The macro @code{STANDARD_STARTFILE_PREFIX_1}, but only if this is a native
587compiler, or we have a target system root. The default for this macro is
588@file{/lib/}.
589
590@item
591The macro @code{STANDARD_STARTFILE_PREFIX_2}, but only if this is a native
592compiler, or we have a target system root. The default for this macro is
593@file{/usr/lib/}.
594@end enumerate
595
596@node Run-time Target
597@section Run-time Target Specification
598@cindex run-time target specification
599@cindex predefined macros
600@cindex target specifications
601
602@c prevent bad page break with this line
603Here are run-time target specifications.
604
605@defmac TARGET_CPU_CPP_BUILTINS ()
606This function-like macro expands to a block of code that defines
607built-in preprocessor macros and assertions for the target CPU, using
608the functions @code{builtin_define}, @code{builtin_define_std} and
609@code{builtin_assert}.  When the front end
610calls this macro it provides a trailing semicolon, and since it has
611finished command line option processing your code can use those
612results freely.
613
614@code{builtin_assert} takes a string in the form you pass to the
615command-line option @option{-A}, such as @code{cpu=mips}, and creates
616the assertion.  @code{builtin_define} takes a string in the form
617accepted by option @option{-D} and unconditionally defines the macro.
618
619@code{builtin_define_std} takes a string representing the name of an
620object-like macro.  If it doesn't lie in the user's namespace,
621@code{builtin_define_std} defines it unconditionally.  Otherwise, it
622defines a version with two leading underscores, and another version
623with two leading and trailing underscores, and defines the original
624only if an ISO standard was not requested on the command line.  For
625example, passing @code{unix} defines @code{__unix}, @code{__unix__}
626and possibly @code{unix}; passing @code{_mips} defines @code{__mips},
627@code{__mips__} and possibly @code{_mips}, and passing @code{_ABI64}
628defines only @code{_ABI64}.
629
630You can also test for the C dialect being compiled.  The variable
631@code{c_language} is set to one of @code{clk_c}, @code{clk_cplusplus}
632or @code{clk_objective_c}.  Note that if we are preprocessing
633assembler, this variable will be @code{clk_c} but the function-like
634macro @code{preprocessing_asm_p()} will return true, so you might want
635to check for that first.  If you need to check for strict ANSI, the
636variable @code{flag_iso} can be used.  The function-like macro
637@code{preprocessing_trad_p()} can be used to check for traditional
638preprocessing.
639@end defmac
640
641@defmac TARGET_OS_CPP_BUILTINS ()
642Similarly to @code{TARGET_CPU_CPP_BUILTINS} but this macro is optional
643and is used for the target operating system instead.
644@end defmac
645
646@defmac TARGET_OBJFMT_CPP_BUILTINS ()
647Similarly to @code{TARGET_CPU_CPP_BUILTINS} but this macro is optional
648and is used for the target object format.  @file{elfos.h} uses this
649macro to define @code{__ELF__}, so you probably do not need to define
650it yourself.
651@end defmac
652
653@deftypevar {extern int} target_flags
654This variable is declared in @file{options.h}, which is included before
655any target-specific headers.
656@end deftypevar
657
658@hook TARGET_DEFAULT_TARGET_FLAGS
659This variable specifies the initial value of @code{target_flags}.
660Its default setting is 0.
661@end deftypevr
662
663@cindex optional hardware or system features
664@cindex features, optional, in system conventions
665
666@hook TARGET_HANDLE_OPTION
667This hook is called whenever the user specifies one of the
668target-specific options described by the @file{.opt} definition files
669(@pxref{Options}).  It has the opportunity to do some option-specific
670processing and should return true if the option is valid.  The default
671definition does nothing but return true.
672
673@var{decoded} specifies the option and its arguments.  @var{opts} and
674@var{opts_set} are the @code{gcc_options} structures to be used for
675storing option state, and @var{loc} is the location at which the
676option was passed (@code{UNKNOWN_LOCATION} except for options passed
677via attributes).
678@end deftypefn
679
680@hook TARGET_HANDLE_C_OPTION
681This target hook is called whenever the user specifies one of the
682target-specific C language family options described by the @file{.opt}
683definition files(@pxref{Options}).  It has the opportunity to do some
684option-specific processing and should return true if the option is
685valid.  The arguments are like for @code{TARGET_HANDLE_OPTION}.  The
686default definition does nothing but return false.
687
688In general, you should use @code{TARGET_HANDLE_OPTION} to handle
689options.  However, if processing an option requires routines that are
690only available in the C (and related language) front ends, then you
691should use @code{TARGET_HANDLE_C_OPTION} instead.
692@end deftypefn
693
694@hook TARGET_OBJC_CONSTRUCT_STRING_OBJECT
695
696@hook TARGET_OBJC_DECLARE_UNRESOLVED_CLASS_REFERENCE
697
698@hook TARGET_OBJC_DECLARE_CLASS_DEFINITION
699
700@hook TARGET_STRING_OBJECT_REF_TYPE_P
701
702@hook TARGET_CHECK_STRING_OBJECT_FORMAT_ARG
703
704@hook TARGET_OVERRIDE_OPTIONS_AFTER_CHANGE
705
706@defmac C_COMMON_OVERRIDE_OPTIONS
707This is similar to the @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE} hook
708but is only used in the C
709language frontends (C, Objective-C, C++, Objective-C++) and so can be
710used to alter option flag variables which only exist in those
711frontends.
712@end defmac
713
714@hook TARGET_OPTION_OPTIMIZATION_TABLE
715Some machines may desire to change what optimizations are performed for
716various optimization levels.   This variable, if defined, describes
717options to enable at particular sets of optimization levels.  These
718options are processed once
719just after the optimization level is determined and before the remainder
720of the command options have been parsed, so may be overridden by other
721options passed explicitly.
722
723This processing is run once at program startup and when the optimization
724options are changed via @code{#pragma GCC optimize} or by using the
725@code{optimize} attribute.
726@end deftypevr
727
728@hook TARGET_OPTION_INIT_STRUCT
729
730@hook TARGET_OPTION_DEFAULT_PARAMS
731
732@defmac SWITCHABLE_TARGET
733Some targets need to switch between substantially different subtargets
734during compilation.  For example, the MIPS target has one subtarget for
735the traditional MIPS architecture and another for MIPS16.  Source code
736can switch between these two subarchitectures using the @code{mips16}
737and @code{nomips16} attributes.
738
739Such subtargets can differ in things like the set of available
740registers, the set of available instructions, the costs of various
741operations, and so on.  GCC caches a lot of this type of information
742in global variables, and recomputing them for each subtarget takes a
743significant amount of time.  The compiler therefore provides a facility
744for maintaining several versions of the global variables and quickly
745switching between them; see @file{target-globals.h} for details.
746
747Define this macro to 1 if your target needs this facility.  The default
748is 0.
749@end defmac
750
751@hook TARGET_FLOAT_EXCEPTIONS_ROUNDING_SUPPORTED_P
752
753@node Per-Function Data
754@section Defining data structures for per-function information.
755@cindex per-function data
756@cindex data structures
757
758If the target needs to store information on a per-function basis, GCC
759provides a macro and a couple of variables to allow this.  Note, just
760using statics to store the information is a bad idea, since GCC supports
761nested functions, so you can be halfway through encoding one function
762when another one comes along.
763
764GCC defines a data structure called @code{struct function} which
765contains all of the data specific to an individual function.  This
766structure contains a field called @code{machine} whose type is
767@code{struct machine_function *}, which can be used by targets to point
768to their own specific data.
769
770If a target needs per-function specific data it should define the type
771@code{struct machine_function} and also the macro @code{INIT_EXPANDERS}.
772This macro should be used to initialize the function pointer
773@code{init_machine_status}.  This pointer is explained below.
774
775One typical use of per-function, target specific data is to create an
776RTX to hold the register containing the function's return address.  This
777RTX can then be used to implement the @code{__builtin_return_address}
778function, for level 0.
779
780Note---earlier implementations of GCC used a single data area to hold
781all of the per-function information.  Thus when processing of a nested
782function began the old per-function data had to be pushed onto a
783stack, and when the processing was finished, it had to be popped off the
784stack.  GCC used to provide function pointers called
785@code{save_machine_status} and @code{restore_machine_status} to handle
786the saving and restoring of the target specific information.  Since the
787single data area approach is no longer used, these pointers are no
788longer supported.
789
790@defmac INIT_EXPANDERS
791Macro called to initialize any target specific information.  This macro
792is called once per function, before generation of any RTL has begun.
793The intention of this macro is to allow the initialization of the
794function pointer @code{init_machine_status}.
795@end defmac
796
797@deftypevar {void (*)(struct function *)} init_machine_status
798If this function pointer is non-@code{NULL} it will be called once per
799function, before function compilation starts, in order to allow the
800target to perform any target specific initialization of the
801@code{struct function} structure.  It is intended that this would be
802used to initialize the @code{machine} of that structure.
803
804@code{struct machine_function} structures are expected to be freed by GC@.
805Generally, any memory that they reference must be allocated by using
806GC allocation, including the structure itself.
807@end deftypevar
808
809@node Storage Layout
810@section Storage Layout
811@cindex storage layout
812
813Note that the definitions of the macros in this table which are sizes or
814alignments measured in bits do not need to be constant.  They can be C
815expressions that refer to static variables, such as the @code{target_flags}.
816@xref{Run-time Target}.
817
818@defmac BITS_BIG_ENDIAN
819Define this macro to have the value 1 if the most significant bit in a
820byte has the lowest number; otherwise define it to have the value zero.
821This means that bit-field instructions count from the most significant
822bit.  If the machine has no bit-field instructions, then this must still
823be defined, but it doesn't matter which value it is defined to.  This
824macro need not be a constant.
825
826This macro does not affect the way structure fields are packed into
827bytes or words; that is controlled by @code{BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN}.
828@end defmac
829
830@defmac BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
831Define this macro to have the value 1 if the most significant byte in a
832word has the lowest number.  This macro need not be a constant.
833@end defmac
834
835@defmac WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
836Define this macro to have the value 1 if, in a multiword object, the
837most significant word has the lowest number.  This applies to both
838memory locations and registers; see @code{REG_WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN} if the
839order of words in memory is not the same as the order in registers.  This
840macro need not be a constant.
841@end defmac
842
843@defmac REG_WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
844On some machines, the order of words in a multiword object differs between
845registers in memory.  In such a situation, define this macro to describe
846the order of words in a register.  The macro @code{WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN} controls
847the order of words in memory.
848@end defmac
849
850@defmac FLOAT_WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
851Define this macro to have the value 1 if @code{DFmode}, @code{XFmode} or
852@code{TFmode} floating point numbers are stored in memory with the word
853containing the sign bit at the lowest address; otherwise define it to
854have the value 0.  This macro need not be a constant.
855
856You need not define this macro if the ordering is the same as for
857multi-word integers.
858@end defmac
859
860@defmac BITS_PER_WORD
861Number of bits in a word.  If you do not define this macro, the default
862is @code{BITS_PER_UNIT * UNITS_PER_WORD}.
863@end defmac
864
865@defmac MAX_BITS_PER_WORD
866Maximum number of bits in a word.  If this is undefined, the default is
867@code{BITS_PER_WORD}.  Otherwise, it is the constant value that is the
868largest value that @code{BITS_PER_WORD} can have at run-time.
869@end defmac
870
871@defmac UNITS_PER_WORD
872Number of storage units in a word; normally the size of a general-purpose
873register, a power of two from 1 or 8.
874@end defmac
875
876@defmac MIN_UNITS_PER_WORD
877Minimum number of units in a word.  If this is undefined, the default is
878@code{UNITS_PER_WORD}.  Otherwise, it is the constant value that is the
879smallest value that @code{UNITS_PER_WORD} can have at run-time.
880@end defmac
881
882@defmac POINTER_SIZE
883Width of a pointer, in bits.  You must specify a value no wider than the
884width of @code{Pmode}.  If it is not equal to the width of @code{Pmode},
885you must define @code{POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED}.  If you do not specify
886a value the default is @code{BITS_PER_WORD}.
887@end defmac
888
889@defmac POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED
890A C expression that determines how pointers should be extended from
891@code{ptr_mode} to either @code{Pmode} or @code{word_mode}.  It is
892greater than zero if pointers should be zero-extended, zero if they
893should be sign-extended, and negative if some other sort of conversion
894is needed.  In the last case, the extension is done by the target's
895@code{ptr_extend} instruction.
896
897You need not define this macro if the @code{ptr_mode}, @code{Pmode}
898and @code{word_mode} are all the same width.
899@end defmac
900
901@defmac PROMOTE_MODE (@var{m}, @var{unsignedp}, @var{type})
902A macro to update @var{m} and @var{unsignedp} when an object whose type
903is @var{type} and which has the specified mode and signedness is to be
904stored in a register.  This macro is only called when @var{type} is a
905scalar type.
906
907On most RISC machines, which only have operations that operate on a full
908register, define this macro to set @var{m} to @code{word_mode} if
909@var{m} is an integer mode narrower than @code{BITS_PER_WORD}.  In most
910cases, only integer modes should be widened because wider-precision
911floating-point operations are usually more expensive than their narrower
912counterparts.
913
914For most machines, the macro definition does not change @var{unsignedp}.
915However, some machines, have instructions that preferentially handle
916either signed or unsigned quantities of certain modes.  For example, on
917the DEC Alpha, 32-bit loads from memory and 32-bit add instructions
918sign-extend the result to 64 bits.  On such machines, set
919@var{unsignedp} according to which kind of extension is more efficient.
920
921Do not define this macro if it would never modify @var{m}.
922@end defmac
923
924@hook TARGET_C_EXCESS_PRECISION
925
926@hook TARGET_PROMOTE_FUNCTION_MODE
927
928@defmac PARM_BOUNDARY
929Normal alignment required for function parameters on the stack, in
930bits.  All stack parameters receive at least this much alignment
931regardless of data type.  On most machines, this is the same as the
932size of an integer.
933@end defmac
934
935@defmac STACK_BOUNDARY
936Define this macro to the minimum alignment enforced by hardware for the
937stack pointer on this machine.  The definition is a C expression for the
938desired alignment (measured in bits).  This value is used as a default
939if @code{PREFERRED_STACK_BOUNDARY} is not defined.  On most machines,
940this should be the same as @code{PARM_BOUNDARY}.
941@end defmac
942
943@defmac PREFERRED_STACK_BOUNDARY
944Define this macro if you wish to preserve a certain alignment for the
945stack pointer, greater than what the hardware enforces.  The definition
946is a C expression for the desired alignment (measured in bits).  This
947macro must evaluate to a value equal to or larger than
948@code{STACK_BOUNDARY}.
949@end defmac
950
951@defmac INCOMING_STACK_BOUNDARY
952Define this macro if the incoming stack boundary may be different
953from @code{PREFERRED_STACK_BOUNDARY}.  This macro must evaluate
954to a value equal to or larger than @code{STACK_BOUNDARY}.
955@end defmac
956
957@defmac FUNCTION_BOUNDARY
958Alignment required for a function entry point, in bits.
959@end defmac
960
961@defmac BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT
962Biggest alignment that any data type can require on this machine, in
963bits.  Note that this is not the biggest alignment that is supported,
964just the biggest alignment that, when violated, may cause a fault.
965@end defmac
966
967@hook TARGET_ABSOLUTE_BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT
968
969@defmac MALLOC_ABI_ALIGNMENT
970Alignment, in bits, a C conformant malloc implementation has to
971provide.  If not defined, the default value is @code{BITS_PER_WORD}.
972@end defmac
973
974@defmac ATTRIBUTE_ALIGNED_VALUE
975Alignment used by the @code{__attribute__ ((aligned))} construct.  If
976not defined, the default value is @code{BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT}.
977@end defmac
978
979@defmac MINIMUM_ATOMIC_ALIGNMENT
980If defined, the smallest alignment, in bits, that can be given to an
981object that can be referenced in one operation, without disturbing any
982nearby object.  Normally, this is @code{BITS_PER_UNIT}, but may be larger
983on machines that don't have byte or half-word store operations.
984@end defmac
985
986@defmac BIGGEST_FIELD_ALIGNMENT
987Biggest alignment that any structure or union field can require on this
988machine, in bits.  If defined, this overrides @code{BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT} for
989structure and union fields only, unless the field alignment has been set
990by the @code{__attribute__ ((aligned (@var{n})))} construct.
991@end defmac
992
993@defmac ADJUST_FIELD_ALIGN (@var{field}, @var{type}, @var{computed})
994An expression for the alignment of a structure field @var{field} of
995type @var{type} if the alignment computed in the usual way (including
996applying of @code{BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT} and @code{BIGGEST_FIELD_ALIGNMENT} to the
997alignment) is @var{computed}.  It overrides alignment only if the
998field alignment has not been set by the
999@code{__attribute__ ((aligned (@var{n})))} construct.  Note that @var{field}
1000may be @code{NULL_TREE} in case we just query for the minimum alignment
1001of a field of type @var{type} in structure context.
1002@end defmac
1003
1004@defmac MAX_STACK_ALIGNMENT
1005Biggest stack alignment guaranteed by the backend.  Use this macro
1006to specify the maximum alignment of a variable on stack.
1007
1008If not defined, the default value is @code{STACK_BOUNDARY}.
1009
1010@c FIXME: The default should be @code{PREFERRED_STACK_BOUNDARY}.
1011@c But the fix for PR 32893 indicates that we can only guarantee
1012@c maximum stack alignment on stack up to @code{STACK_BOUNDARY}, not
1013@c @code{PREFERRED_STACK_BOUNDARY}, if stack alignment isn't supported.
1014@end defmac
1015
1016@defmac MAX_OFILE_ALIGNMENT
1017Biggest alignment supported by the object file format of this machine.
1018Use this macro to limit the alignment which can be specified using the
1019@code{__attribute__ ((aligned (@var{n})))} construct.  If not defined,
1020the default value is @code{BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT}.
1021
1022On systems that use ELF, the default (in @file{config/elfos.h}) is
1023the largest supported 32-bit ELF section alignment representable on
1024a 32-bit host e.g. @samp{(((uint64_t) 1 << 28) * 8)}.
1025On 32-bit ELF the largest supported section alignment in bits is
1026@samp{(0x80000000 * 8)}, but this is not representable on 32-bit hosts.
1027@end defmac
1028
1029@hook TARGET_STATIC_RTX_ALIGNMENT
1030
1031@defmac DATA_ALIGNMENT (@var{type}, @var{basic-align})
1032If defined, a C expression to compute the alignment for a variable in
1033the static store.  @var{type} is the data type, and @var{basic-align} is
1034the alignment that the object would ordinarily have.  The value of this
1035macro is used instead of that alignment to align the object.
1036
1037If this macro is not defined, then @var{basic-align} is used.
1038
1039@findex strcpy
1040One use of this macro is to increase alignment of medium-size data to
1041make it all fit in fewer cache lines.  Another is to cause character
1042arrays to be word-aligned so that @code{strcpy} calls that copy
1043constants to character arrays can be done inline.
1044@end defmac
1045
1046@defmac DATA_ABI_ALIGNMENT (@var{type}, @var{basic-align})
1047Similar to @code{DATA_ALIGNMENT}, but for the cases where the ABI mandates
1048some alignment increase, instead of optimization only purposes.  E.g.@
1049AMD x86-64 psABI says that variables with array type larger than 15 bytes
1050must be aligned to 16 byte boundaries.
1051
1052If this macro is not defined, then @var{basic-align} is used.
1053@end defmac
1054
1055@hook TARGET_CONSTANT_ALIGNMENT
1056
1057@defmac LOCAL_ALIGNMENT (@var{type}, @var{basic-align})
1058If defined, a C expression to compute the alignment for a variable in
1059the local store.  @var{type} is the data type, and @var{basic-align} is
1060the alignment that the object would ordinarily have.  The value of this
1061macro is used instead of that alignment to align the object.
1062
1063If this macro is not defined, then @var{basic-align} is used.
1064
1065One use of this macro is to increase alignment of medium-size data to
1066make it all fit in fewer cache lines.
1067
1068If the value of this macro has a type, it should be an unsigned type.
1069@end defmac
1070
1071@hook TARGET_VECTOR_ALIGNMENT
1072
1073@defmac STACK_SLOT_ALIGNMENT (@var{type}, @var{mode}, @var{basic-align})
1074If defined, a C expression to compute the alignment for stack slot.
1075@var{type} is the data type, @var{mode} is the widest mode available,
1076and @var{basic-align} is the alignment that the slot would ordinarily
1077have.  The value of this macro is used instead of that alignment to
1078align the slot.
1079
1080If this macro is not defined, then @var{basic-align} is used when
1081@var{type} is @code{NULL}.  Otherwise, @code{LOCAL_ALIGNMENT} will
1082be used.
1083
1084This macro is to set alignment of stack slot to the maximum alignment
1085of all possible modes which the slot may have.
1086
1087If the value of this macro has a type, it should be an unsigned type.
1088@end defmac
1089
1090@defmac LOCAL_DECL_ALIGNMENT (@var{decl})
1091If defined, a C expression to compute the alignment for a local
1092variable @var{decl}.
1093
1094If this macro is not defined, then
1095@code{LOCAL_ALIGNMENT (TREE_TYPE (@var{decl}), DECL_ALIGN (@var{decl}))}
1096is used.
1097
1098One use of this macro is to increase alignment of medium-size data to
1099make it all fit in fewer cache lines.
1100
1101If the value of this macro has a type, it should be an unsigned type.
1102@end defmac
1103
1104@defmac MINIMUM_ALIGNMENT (@var{exp}, @var{mode}, @var{align})
1105If defined, a C expression to compute the minimum required alignment
1106for dynamic stack realignment purposes for @var{exp} (a type or decl),
1107@var{mode}, assuming normal alignment @var{align}.
1108
1109If this macro is not defined, then @var{align} will be used.
1110@end defmac
1111
1112@defmac EMPTY_FIELD_BOUNDARY
1113Alignment in bits to be given to a structure bit-field that follows an
1114empty field such as @code{int : 0;}.
1115
1116If @code{PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS} is true, it overrides this macro.
1117@end defmac
1118
1119@defmac STRUCTURE_SIZE_BOUNDARY
1120Number of bits which any structure or union's size must be a multiple of.
1121Each structure or union's size is rounded up to a multiple of this.
1122
1123If you do not define this macro, the default is the same as
1124@code{BITS_PER_UNIT}.
1125@end defmac
1126
1127@defmac STRICT_ALIGNMENT
1128Define this macro to be the value 1 if instructions will fail to work
1129if given data not on the nominal alignment.  If instructions will merely
1130go slower in that case, define this macro as 0.
1131@end defmac
1132
1133@defmac PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS
1134Define this if you wish to imitate the way many other C compilers handle
1135alignment of bit-fields and the structures that contain them.
1136
1137The behavior is that the type written for a named bit-field (@code{int},
1138@code{short}, or other integer type) imposes an alignment for the entire
1139structure, as if the structure really did contain an ordinary field of
1140that type.  In addition, the bit-field is placed within the structure so
1141that it would fit within such a field, not crossing a boundary for it.
1142
1143Thus, on most machines, a named bit-field whose type is written as
1144@code{int} would not cross a four-byte boundary, and would force
1145four-byte alignment for the whole structure.  (The alignment used may
1146not be four bytes; it is controlled by the other alignment parameters.)
1147
1148An unnamed bit-field will not affect the alignment of the containing
1149structure.
1150
1151If the macro is defined, its definition should be a C expression;
1152a nonzero value for the expression enables this behavior.
1153
1154Note that if this macro is not defined, or its value is zero, some
1155bit-fields may cross more than one alignment boundary.  The compiler can
1156support such references if there are @samp{insv}, @samp{extv}, and
1157@samp{extzv} insns that can directly reference memory.
1158
1159The other known way of making bit-fields work is to define
1160@code{STRUCTURE_SIZE_BOUNDARY} as large as @code{BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT}.
1161Then every structure can be accessed with fullwords.
1162
1163Unless the machine has bit-field instructions or you define
1164@code{STRUCTURE_SIZE_BOUNDARY} that way, you must define
1165@code{PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS} to have a nonzero value.
1166
1167If your aim is to make GCC use the same conventions for laying out
1168bit-fields as are used by another compiler, here is how to investigate
1169what the other compiler does.  Compile and run this program:
1170
1171@smallexample
1172struct foo1
1173@{
1174  char x;
1175  char :0;
1176  char y;
1177@};
1178
1179struct foo2
1180@{
1181  char x;
1182  int :0;
1183  char y;
1184@};
1185
1186main ()
1187@{
1188  printf ("Size of foo1 is %d\n",
1189          sizeof (struct foo1));
1190  printf ("Size of foo2 is %d\n",
1191          sizeof (struct foo2));
1192  exit (0);
1193@}
1194@end smallexample
1195
1196If this prints 2 and 5, then the compiler's behavior is what you would
1197get from @code{PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS}.
1198@end defmac
1199
1200@defmac BITFIELD_NBYTES_LIMITED
1201Like @code{PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS} except that its effect is limited
1202to aligning a bit-field within the structure.
1203@end defmac
1204
1205@hook TARGET_ALIGN_ANON_BITFIELD
1206
1207@hook TARGET_NARROW_VOLATILE_BITFIELD
1208
1209@hook TARGET_MEMBER_TYPE_FORCES_BLK
1210
1211@defmac ROUND_TYPE_ALIGN (@var{type}, @var{computed}, @var{specified})
1212Define this macro as an expression for the alignment of a type (given
1213by @var{type} as a tree node) if the alignment computed in the usual
1214way is @var{computed} and the alignment explicitly specified was
1215@var{specified}.
1216
1217The default is to use @var{specified} if it is larger; otherwise, use
1218the smaller of @var{computed} and @code{BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT}
1219@end defmac
1220
1221@defmac MAX_FIXED_MODE_SIZE
1222An integer expression for the size in bits of the largest integer
1223machine mode that should actually be used.  All integer machine modes of
1224this size or smaller can be used for structures and unions with the
1225appropriate sizes.  If this macro is undefined, @code{GET_MODE_BITSIZE
1226(DImode)} is assumed.
1227@end defmac
1228
1229@defmac STACK_SAVEAREA_MODE (@var{save_level})
1230If defined, an expression of type @code{machine_mode} that
1231specifies the mode of the save area operand of a
1232@code{save_stack_@var{level}} named pattern (@pxref{Standard Names}).
1233@var{save_level} is one of @code{SAVE_BLOCK}, @code{SAVE_FUNCTION}, or
1234@code{SAVE_NONLOCAL} and selects which of the three named patterns is
1235having its mode specified.
1236
1237You need not define this macro if it always returns @code{Pmode}.  You
1238would most commonly define this macro if the
1239@code{save_stack_@var{level}} patterns need to support both a 32- and a
124064-bit mode.
1241@end defmac
1242
1243@defmac STACK_SIZE_MODE
1244If defined, an expression of type @code{machine_mode} that
1245specifies the mode of the size increment operand of an
1246@code{allocate_stack} named pattern (@pxref{Standard Names}).
1247
1248You need not define this macro if it always returns @code{word_mode}.
1249You would most commonly define this macro if the @code{allocate_stack}
1250pattern needs to support both a 32- and a 64-bit mode.
1251@end defmac
1252
1253@hook TARGET_LIBGCC_CMP_RETURN_MODE
1254
1255@hook TARGET_LIBGCC_SHIFT_COUNT_MODE
1256
1257@hook TARGET_UNWIND_WORD_MODE
1258
1259@hook TARGET_MS_BITFIELD_LAYOUT_P
1260
1261@hook TARGET_DECIMAL_FLOAT_SUPPORTED_P
1262
1263@hook TARGET_FIXED_POINT_SUPPORTED_P
1264
1265@hook TARGET_EXPAND_TO_RTL_HOOK
1266
1267@hook TARGET_INSTANTIATE_DECLS
1268
1269@hook TARGET_MANGLE_TYPE
1270
1271@node Type Layout
1272@section Layout of Source Language Data Types
1273
1274These macros define the sizes and other characteristics of the standard
1275basic data types used in programs being compiled.  Unlike the macros in
1276the previous section, these apply to specific features of C and related
1277languages, rather than to fundamental aspects of storage layout.
1278
1279@defmac INT_TYPE_SIZE
1280A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{int} on the
1281target machine.  If you don't define this, the default is one word.
1282@end defmac
1283
1284@defmac SHORT_TYPE_SIZE
1285A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{short} on the
1286target machine.  If you don't define this, the default is half a word.
1287(If this would be less than one storage unit, it is rounded up to one
1288unit.)
1289@end defmac
1290
1291@defmac LONG_TYPE_SIZE
1292A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{long} on the
1293target machine.  If you don't define this, the default is one word.
1294@end defmac
1295
1296@defmac ADA_LONG_TYPE_SIZE
1297On some machines, the size used for the Ada equivalent of the type
1298@code{long} by a native Ada compiler differs from that used by C@.  In
1299that situation, define this macro to be a C expression to be used for
1300the size of that type.  If you don't define this, the default is the
1301value of @code{LONG_TYPE_SIZE}.
1302@end defmac
1303
1304@defmac LONG_LONG_TYPE_SIZE
1305A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{long long} on the
1306target machine.  If you don't define this, the default is two
1307words.  If you want to support GNU Ada on your machine, the value of this
1308macro must be at least 64.
1309@end defmac
1310
1311@defmac CHAR_TYPE_SIZE
1312A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{char} on the
1313target machine.  If you don't define this, the default is
1314@code{BITS_PER_UNIT}.
1315@end defmac
1316
1317@defmac BOOL_TYPE_SIZE
1318A C expression for the size in bits of the C++ type @code{bool} and
1319C99 type @code{_Bool} on the target machine.  If you don't define
1320this, and you probably shouldn't, the default is @code{CHAR_TYPE_SIZE}.
1321@end defmac
1322
1323@defmac FLOAT_TYPE_SIZE
1324A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{float} on the
1325target machine.  If you don't define this, the default is one word.
1326@end defmac
1327
1328@defmac DOUBLE_TYPE_SIZE
1329A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{double} on the
1330target machine.  If you don't define this, the default is two
1331words.
1332@end defmac
1333
1334@defmac LONG_DOUBLE_TYPE_SIZE
1335A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{long double} on
1336the target machine.  If you don't define this, the default is two
1337words.
1338@end defmac
1339
1340@defmac SHORT_FRACT_TYPE_SIZE
1341A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{short _Fract} on
1342the target machine.  If you don't define this, the default is
1343@code{BITS_PER_UNIT}.
1344@end defmac
1345
1346@defmac FRACT_TYPE_SIZE
1347A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{_Fract} on
1348the target machine.  If you don't define this, the default is
1349@code{BITS_PER_UNIT * 2}.
1350@end defmac
1351
1352@defmac LONG_FRACT_TYPE_SIZE
1353A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{long _Fract} on
1354the target machine.  If you don't define this, the default is
1355@code{BITS_PER_UNIT * 4}.
1356@end defmac
1357
1358@defmac LONG_LONG_FRACT_TYPE_SIZE
1359A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{long long _Fract} on
1360the target machine.  If you don't define this, the default is
1361@code{BITS_PER_UNIT * 8}.
1362@end defmac
1363
1364@defmac SHORT_ACCUM_TYPE_SIZE
1365A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{short _Accum} on
1366the target machine.  If you don't define this, the default is
1367@code{BITS_PER_UNIT * 2}.
1368@end defmac
1369
1370@defmac ACCUM_TYPE_SIZE
1371A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{_Accum} on
1372the target machine.  If you don't define this, the default is
1373@code{BITS_PER_UNIT * 4}.
1374@end defmac
1375
1376@defmac LONG_ACCUM_TYPE_SIZE
1377A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{long _Accum} on
1378the target machine.  If you don't define this, the default is
1379@code{BITS_PER_UNIT * 8}.
1380@end defmac
1381
1382@defmac LONG_LONG_ACCUM_TYPE_SIZE
1383A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{long long _Accum} on
1384the target machine.  If you don't define this, the default is
1385@code{BITS_PER_UNIT * 16}.
1386@end defmac
1387
1388@defmac LIBGCC2_GNU_PREFIX
1389This macro corresponds to the @code{TARGET_LIBFUNC_GNU_PREFIX} target
1390hook and should be defined if that hook is overriden to be true.  It
1391causes function names in libgcc to be changed to use a @code{__gnu_}
1392prefix for their name rather than the default @code{__}.  A port which
1393uses this macro should also arrange to use @file{t-gnu-prefix} in
1394the libgcc @file{config.host}.
1395@end defmac
1396
1397@defmac WIDEST_HARDWARE_FP_SIZE
1398A C expression for the size in bits of the widest floating-point format
1399supported by the hardware.  If you define this macro, you must specify a
1400value less than or equal to the value of @code{LONG_DOUBLE_TYPE_SIZE}.
1401If you do not define this macro, the value of @code{LONG_DOUBLE_TYPE_SIZE}
1402is the default.
1403@end defmac
1404
1405@defmac DEFAULT_SIGNED_CHAR
1406An expression whose value is 1 or 0, according to whether the type
1407@code{char} should be signed or unsigned by default.  The user can
1408always override this default with the options @option{-fsigned-char}
1409and @option{-funsigned-char}.
1410@end defmac
1411
1412@hook TARGET_DEFAULT_SHORT_ENUMS
1413
1414@defmac SIZE_TYPE
1415A C expression for a string describing the name of the data type to use
1416for size values.  The typedef name @code{size_t} is defined using the
1417contents of the string.
1418
1419The string can contain more than one keyword.  If so, separate them with
1420spaces, and write first any length keyword, then @code{unsigned} if
1421appropriate, and finally @code{int}.  The string must exactly match one
1422of the data type names defined in the function
1423@code{c_common_nodes_and_builtins} in the file @file{c-family/c-common.c}.
1424You may not omit @code{int} or change the order---that would cause the
1425compiler to crash on startup.
1426
1427If you don't define this macro, the default is @code{"long unsigned
1428int"}.
1429@end defmac
1430
1431@defmac SIZETYPE
1432GCC defines internal types (@code{sizetype}, @code{ssizetype},
1433@code{bitsizetype} and @code{sbitsizetype}) for expressions
1434dealing with size.  This macro is a C expression for a string describing
1435the name of the data type from which the precision of @code{sizetype}
1436is extracted.
1437
1438The string has the same restrictions as @code{SIZE_TYPE} string.
1439
1440If you don't define this macro, the default is @code{SIZE_TYPE}.
1441@end defmac
1442
1443@defmac PTRDIFF_TYPE
1444A C expression for a string describing the name of the data type to use
1445for the result of subtracting two pointers.  The typedef name
1446@code{ptrdiff_t} is defined using the contents of the string.  See
1447@code{SIZE_TYPE} above for more information.
1448
1449If you don't define this macro, the default is @code{"long int"}.
1450@end defmac
1451
1452@defmac WCHAR_TYPE
1453A C expression for a string describing the name of the data type to use
1454for wide characters.  The typedef name @code{wchar_t} is defined using
1455the contents of the string.  See @code{SIZE_TYPE} above for more
1456information.
1457
1458If you don't define this macro, the default is @code{"int"}.
1459@end defmac
1460
1461@defmac WCHAR_TYPE_SIZE
1462A C expression for the size in bits of the data type for wide
1463characters.  This is used in @code{cpp}, which cannot make use of
1464@code{WCHAR_TYPE}.
1465@end defmac
1466
1467@defmac WINT_TYPE
1468A C expression for a string describing the name of the data type to
1469use for wide characters passed to @code{printf} and returned from
1470@code{getwc}.  The typedef name @code{wint_t} is defined using the
1471contents of the string.  See @code{SIZE_TYPE} above for more
1472information.
1473
1474If you don't define this macro, the default is @code{"unsigned int"}.
1475@end defmac
1476
1477@defmac INTMAX_TYPE
1478A C expression for a string describing the name of the data type that
1479can represent any value of any standard or extended signed integer type.
1480The typedef name @code{intmax_t} is defined using the contents of the
1481string.  See @code{SIZE_TYPE} above for more information.
1482
1483If you don't define this macro, the default is the first of
1484@code{"int"}, @code{"long int"}, or @code{"long long int"} that has as
1485much precision as @code{long long int}.
1486@end defmac
1487
1488@defmac UINTMAX_TYPE
1489A C expression for a string describing the name of the data type that
1490can represent any value of any standard or extended unsigned integer
1491type.  The typedef name @code{uintmax_t} is defined using the contents
1492of the string.  See @code{SIZE_TYPE} above for more information.
1493
1494If you don't define this macro, the default is the first of
1495@code{"unsigned int"}, @code{"long unsigned int"}, or @code{"long long
1496unsigned int"} that has as much precision as @code{long long unsigned
1497int}.
1498@end defmac
1499
1500@defmac SIG_ATOMIC_TYPE
1501@defmacx INT8_TYPE
1502@defmacx INT16_TYPE
1503@defmacx INT32_TYPE
1504@defmacx INT64_TYPE
1505@defmacx UINT8_TYPE
1506@defmacx UINT16_TYPE
1507@defmacx UINT32_TYPE
1508@defmacx UINT64_TYPE
1509@defmacx INT_LEAST8_TYPE
1510@defmacx INT_LEAST16_TYPE
1511@defmacx INT_LEAST32_TYPE
1512@defmacx INT_LEAST64_TYPE
1513@defmacx UINT_LEAST8_TYPE
1514@defmacx UINT_LEAST16_TYPE
1515@defmacx UINT_LEAST32_TYPE
1516@defmacx UINT_LEAST64_TYPE
1517@defmacx INT_FAST8_TYPE
1518@defmacx INT_FAST16_TYPE
1519@defmacx INT_FAST32_TYPE
1520@defmacx INT_FAST64_TYPE
1521@defmacx UINT_FAST8_TYPE
1522@defmacx UINT_FAST16_TYPE
1523@defmacx UINT_FAST32_TYPE
1524@defmacx UINT_FAST64_TYPE
1525@defmacx INTPTR_TYPE
1526@defmacx UINTPTR_TYPE
1527C expressions for the standard types @code{sig_atomic_t},
1528@code{int8_t}, @code{int16_t}, @code{int32_t}, @code{int64_t},
1529@code{uint8_t}, @code{uint16_t}, @code{uint32_t}, @code{uint64_t},
1530@code{int_least8_t}, @code{int_least16_t}, @code{int_least32_t},
1531@code{int_least64_t}, @code{uint_least8_t}, @code{uint_least16_t},
1532@code{uint_least32_t}, @code{uint_least64_t}, @code{int_fast8_t},
1533@code{int_fast16_t}, @code{int_fast32_t}, @code{int_fast64_t},
1534@code{uint_fast8_t}, @code{uint_fast16_t}, @code{uint_fast32_t},
1535@code{uint_fast64_t}, @code{intptr_t}, and @code{uintptr_t}.  See
1536@code{SIZE_TYPE} above for more information.
1537
1538If any of these macros evaluates to a null pointer, the corresponding
1539type is not supported; if GCC is configured to provide
1540@code{<stdint.h>} in such a case, the header provided may not conform
1541to C99, depending on the type in question.  The defaults for all of
1542these macros are null pointers.
1543@end defmac
1544
1545@defmac TARGET_PTRMEMFUNC_VBIT_LOCATION
1546The C++ compiler represents a pointer-to-member-function with a struct
1547that looks like:
1548
1549@smallexample
1550  struct @{
1551    union @{
1552      void (*fn)();
1553      ptrdiff_t vtable_index;
1554    @};
1555    ptrdiff_t delta;
1556  @};
1557@end smallexample
1558
1559@noindent
1560The C++ compiler must use one bit to indicate whether the function that
1561will be called through a pointer-to-member-function is virtual.
1562Normally, we assume that the low-order bit of a function pointer must
1563always be zero.  Then, by ensuring that the vtable_index is odd, we can
1564distinguish which variant of the union is in use.  But, on some
1565platforms function pointers can be odd, and so this doesn't work.  In
1566that case, we use the low-order bit of the @code{delta} field, and shift
1567the remainder of the @code{delta} field to the left.
1568
1569GCC will automatically make the right selection about where to store
1570this bit using the @code{FUNCTION_BOUNDARY} setting for your platform.
1571However, some platforms such as ARM/Thumb have @code{FUNCTION_BOUNDARY}
1572set such that functions always start at even addresses, but the lowest
1573bit of pointers to functions indicate whether the function at that
1574address is in ARM or Thumb mode.  If this is the case of your
1575architecture, you should define this macro to
1576@code{ptrmemfunc_vbit_in_delta}.
1577
1578In general, you should not have to define this macro.  On architectures
1579in which function addresses are always even, according to
1580@code{FUNCTION_BOUNDARY}, GCC will automatically define this macro to
1581@code{ptrmemfunc_vbit_in_pfn}.
1582@end defmac
1583
1584@defmac TARGET_VTABLE_USES_DESCRIPTORS
1585Normally, the C++ compiler uses function pointers in vtables.  This
1586macro allows the target to change to use ``function descriptors''
1587instead.  Function descriptors are found on targets for whom a
1588function pointer is actually a small data structure.  Normally the
1589data structure consists of the actual code address plus a data
1590pointer to which the function's data is relative.
1591
1592If vtables are used, the value of this macro should be the number
1593of words that the function descriptor occupies.
1594@end defmac
1595
1596@defmac TARGET_VTABLE_ENTRY_ALIGN
1597By default, the vtable entries are void pointers, the so the alignment
1598is the same as pointer alignment.  The value of this macro specifies
1599the alignment of the vtable entry in bits.  It should be defined only
1600when special alignment is necessary. */
1601@end defmac
1602
1603@defmac TARGET_VTABLE_DATA_ENTRY_DISTANCE
1604There are a few non-descriptor entries in the vtable at offsets below
1605zero.  If these entries must be padded (say, to preserve the alignment
1606specified by @code{TARGET_VTABLE_ENTRY_ALIGN}), set this to the number
1607of words in each data entry.
1608@end defmac
1609
1610@node Registers
1611@section Register Usage
1612@cindex register usage
1613
1614This section explains how to describe what registers the target machine
1615has, and how (in general) they can be used.
1616
1617The description of which registers a specific instruction can use is
1618done with register classes; see @ref{Register Classes}.  For information
1619on using registers to access a stack frame, see @ref{Frame Registers}.
1620For passing values in registers, see @ref{Register Arguments}.
1621For returning values in registers, see @ref{Scalar Return}.
1622
1623@menu
1624* Register Basics::             Number and kinds of registers.
1625* Allocation Order::            Order in which registers are allocated.
1626* Values in Registers::         What kinds of values each reg can hold.
1627* Leaf Functions::              Renumbering registers for leaf functions.
1628* Stack Registers::             Handling a register stack such as 80387.
1629@end menu
1630
1631@node Register Basics
1632@subsection Basic Characteristics of Registers
1633
1634@c prevent bad page break with this line
1635Registers have various characteristics.
1636
1637@defmac FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
1638Number of hardware registers known to the compiler.  They receive
1639numbers 0 through @code{FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER-1}; thus, the first
1640pseudo register's number really is assigned the number
1641@code{FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER}.
1642@end defmac
1643
1644@defmac FIXED_REGISTERS
1645@cindex fixed register
1646An initializer that says which registers are used for fixed purposes
1647all throughout the compiled code and are therefore not available for
1648general allocation.  These would include the stack pointer, the frame
1649pointer (except on machines where that can be used as a general
1650register when no frame pointer is needed), the program counter on
1651machines where that is considered one of the addressable registers,
1652and any other numbered register with a standard use.
1653
1654This information is expressed as a sequence of numbers, separated by
1655commas and surrounded by braces.  The @var{n}th number is 1 if
1656register @var{n} is fixed, 0 otherwise.
1657
1658The table initialized from this macro, and the table initialized by
1659the following one, may be overridden at run time either automatically,
1660by the actions of the macro @code{CONDITIONAL_REGISTER_USAGE}, or by
1661the user with the command options @option{-ffixed-@var{reg}},
1662@option{-fcall-used-@var{reg}} and @option{-fcall-saved-@var{reg}}.
1663@end defmac
1664
1665@defmac CALL_USED_REGISTERS
1666@cindex call-used register
1667@cindex call-clobbered register
1668@cindex call-saved register
1669Like @code{FIXED_REGISTERS} but has 1 for each register that is
1670clobbered (in general) by function calls as well as for fixed
1671registers.  This macro therefore identifies the registers that are not
1672available for general allocation of values that must live across
1673function calls.
1674
1675If a register has 0 in @code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS}, the compiler
1676automatically saves it on function entry and restores it on function
1677exit, if the register is used within the function.
1678@end defmac
1679
1680@defmac CALL_REALLY_USED_REGISTERS
1681@cindex call-used register
1682@cindex call-clobbered register
1683@cindex call-saved register
1684Like @code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS} except this macro doesn't require
1685that the entire set of @code{FIXED_REGISTERS} be included.
1686(@code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS} must be a superset of @code{FIXED_REGISTERS}).
1687This macro is optional.  If not specified, it defaults to the value
1688of @code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS}.
1689@end defmac
1690
1691@cindex call-used register
1692@cindex call-clobbered register
1693@cindex call-saved register
1694@hook TARGET_HARD_REGNO_CALL_PART_CLOBBERED
1695
1696@findex fixed_regs
1697@findex call_used_regs
1698@findex global_regs
1699@findex reg_names
1700@findex reg_class_contents
1701@hook TARGET_CONDITIONAL_REGISTER_USAGE
1702
1703@defmac INCOMING_REGNO (@var{out})
1704Define this macro if the target machine has register windows.  This C
1705expression returns the register number as seen by the called function
1706corresponding to the register number @var{out} as seen by the calling
1707function.  Return @var{out} if register number @var{out} is not an
1708outbound register.
1709@end defmac
1710
1711@defmac OUTGOING_REGNO (@var{in})
1712Define this macro if the target machine has register windows.  This C
1713expression returns the register number as seen by the calling function
1714corresponding to the register number @var{in} as seen by the called
1715function.  Return @var{in} if register number @var{in} is not an inbound
1716register.
1717@end defmac
1718
1719@defmac LOCAL_REGNO (@var{regno})
1720Define this macro if the target machine has register windows.  This C
1721expression returns true if the register is call-saved but is in the
1722register window.  Unlike most call-saved registers, such registers
1723need not be explicitly restored on function exit or during non-local
1724gotos.
1725@end defmac
1726
1727@defmac PC_REGNUM
1728If the program counter has a register number, define this as that
1729register number.  Otherwise, do not define it.
1730@end defmac
1731
1732@node Allocation Order
1733@subsection Order of Allocation of Registers
1734@cindex order of register allocation
1735@cindex register allocation order
1736
1737@c prevent bad page break with this line
1738Registers are allocated in order.
1739
1740@defmac REG_ALLOC_ORDER
1741If defined, an initializer for a vector of integers, containing the
1742numbers of hard registers in the order in which GCC should prefer
1743to use them (from most preferred to least).
1744
1745If this macro is not defined, registers are used lowest numbered first
1746(all else being equal).
1747
1748One use of this macro is on machines where the highest numbered
1749registers must always be saved and the save-multiple-registers
1750instruction supports only sequences of consecutive registers.  On such
1751machines, define @code{REG_ALLOC_ORDER} to be an initializer that lists
1752the highest numbered allocable register first.
1753@end defmac
1754
1755@defmac ADJUST_REG_ALLOC_ORDER
1756A C statement (sans semicolon) to choose the order in which to allocate
1757hard registers for pseudo-registers local to a basic block.
1758
1759Store the desired register order in the array @code{reg_alloc_order}.
1760Element 0 should be the register to allocate first; element 1, the next
1761register; and so on.
1762
1763The macro body should not assume anything about the contents of
1764@code{reg_alloc_order} before execution of the macro.
1765
1766On most machines, it is not necessary to define this macro.
1767@end defmac
1768
1769@defmac HONOR_REG_ALLOC_ORDER
1770Normally, IRA tries to estimate the costs for saving a register in the
1771prologue and restoring it in the epilogue.  This discourages it from
1772using call-saved registers.  If a machine wants to ensure that IRA
1773allocates registers in the order given by REG_ALLOC_ORDER even if some
1774call-saved registers appear earlier than call-used ones, then define this
1775macro as a C expression to nonzero. Default is 0.
1776@end defmac
1777
1778@defmac IRA_HARD_REGNO_ADD_COST_MULTIPLIER (@var{regno})
1779In some case register allocation order is not enough for the
1780Integrated Register Allocator (@acronym{IRA}) to generate a good code.
1781If this macro is defined, it should return a floating point value
1782based on @var{regno}.  The cost of using @var{regno} for a pseudo will
1783be increased by approximately the pseudo's usage frequency times the
1784value returned by this macro.  Not defining this macro is equivalent
1785to having it always return @code{0.0}.
1786
1787On most machines, it is not necessary to define this macro.
1788@end defmac
1789
1790@node Values in Registers
1791@subsection How Values Fit in Registers
1792
1793This section discusses the macros that describe which kinds of values
1794(specifically, which machine modes) each register can hold, and how many
1795consecutive registers are needed for a given mode.
1796
1797@hook TARGET_HARD_REGNO_NREGS
1798
1799@defmac HARD_REGNO_NREGS_HAS_PADDING (@var{regno}, @var{mode})
1800A C expression that is nonzero if a value of mode @var{mode}, stored
1801in memory, ends with padding that causes it to take up more space than
1802in registers starting at register number @var{regno} (as determined by
1803multiplying GCC's notion of the size of the register when containing
1804this mode by the number of registers returned by
1805@code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_NREGS}).  By default this is zero.
1806
1807For example, if a floating-point value is stored in three 32-bit
1808registers but takes up 128 bits in memory, then this would be
1809nonzero.
1810
1811This macros only needs to be defined if there are cases where
1812@code{subreg_get_info}
1813would otherwise wrongly determine that a @code{subreg} can be
1814represented by an offset to the register number, when in fact such a
1815@code{subreg} would contain some of the padding not stored in
1816registers and so not be representable.
1817@end defmac
1818
1819@defmac HARD_REGNO_NREGS_WITH_PADDING (@var{regno}, @var{mode})
1820For values of @var{regno} and @var{mode} for which
1821@code{HARD_REGNO_NREGS_HAS_PADDING} returns nonzero, a C expression
1822returning the greater number of registers required to hold the value
1823including any padding.  In the example above, the value would be four.
1824@end defmac
1825
1826@defmac REGMODE_NATURAL_SIZE (@var{mode})
1827Define this macro if the natural size of registers that hold values
1828of mode @var{mode} is not the word size.  It is a C expression that
1829should give the natural size in bytes for the specified mode.  It is
1830used by the register allocator to try to optimize its results.  This
1831happens for example on SPARC 64-bit where the natural size of
1832floating-point registers is still 32-bit.
1833@end defmac
1834
1835@hook TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK
1836
1837@defmac HARD_REGNO_RENAME_OK (@var{from}, @var{to})
1838A C expression that is nonzero if it is OK to rename a hard register
1839@var{from} to another hard register @var{to}.
1840
1841One common use of this macro is to prevent renaming of a register to
1842another register that is not saved by a prologue in an interrupt
1843handler.
1844
1845The default is always nonzero.
1846@end defmac
1847
1848@hook TARGET_MODES_TIEABLE_P
1849
1850@hook TARGET_HARD_REGNO_SCRATCH_OK
1851
1852@defmac AVOID_CCMODE_COPIES
1853Define this macro if the compiler should avoid copies to/from @code{CCmode}
1854registers.  You should only define this macro if support for copying to/from
1855@code{CCmode} is incomplete.
1856@end defmac
1857
1858@node Leaf Functions
1859@subsection Handling Leaf Functions
1860
1861@cindex leaf functions
1862@cindex functions, leaf
1863On some machines, a leaf function (i.e., one which makes no calls) can run
1864more efficiently if it does not make its own register window.  Often this
1865means it is required to receive its arguments in the registers where they
1866are passed by the caller, instead of the registers where they would
1867normally arrive.
1868
1869The special treatment for leaf functions generally applies only when
1870other conditions are met; for example, often they may use only those
1871registers for its own variables and temporaries.  We use the term ``leaf
1872function'' to mean a function that is suitable for this special
1873handling, so that functions with no calls are not necessarily ``leaf
1874functions''.
1875
1876GCC assigns register numbers before it knows whether the function is
1877suitable for leaf function treatment.  So it needs to renumber the
1878registers in order to output a leaf function.  The following macros
1879accomplish this.
1880
1881@defmac LEAF_REGISTERS
1882Name of a char vector, indexed by hard register number, which
1883contains 1 for a register that is allowable in a candidate for leaf
1884function treatment.
1885
1886If leaf function treatment involves renumbering the registers, then the
1887registers marked here should be the ones before renumbering---those that
1888GCC would ordinarily allocate.  The registers which will actually be
1889used in the assembler code, after renumbering, should not be marked with 1
1890in this vector.
1891
1892Define this macro only if the target machine offers a way to optimize
1893the treatment of leaf functions.
1894@end defmac
1895
1896@defmac LEAF_REG_REMAP (@var{regno})
1897A C expression whose value is the register number to which @var{regno}
1898should be renumbered, when a function is treated as a leaf function.
1899
1900If @var{regno} is a register number which should not appear in a leaf
1901function before renumbering, then the expression should yield @minus{}1, which
1902will cause the compiler to abort.
1903
1904Define this macro only if the target machine offers a way to optimize the
1905treatment of leaf functions, and registers need to be renumbered to do
1906this.
1907@end defmac
1908
1909@findex current_function_is_leaf
1910@findex current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs
1911@code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE} and
1912@code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} must usually treat leaf functions
1913specially.  They can test the C variable @code{current_function_is_leaf}
1914which is nonzero for leaf functions.  @code{current_function_is_leaf} is
1915set prior to local register allocation and is valid for the remaining
1916compiler passes.  They can also test the C variable
1917@code{current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs} which is nonzero for leaf
1918functions which only use leaf registers.
1919@code{current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs} is valid after all passes
1920that modify the instructions have been run and is only useful if
1921@code{LEAF_REGISTERS} is defined.
1922@c changed this to fix overfull.  ALSO:  why the "it" at the beginning
1923@c of the next paragraph?!  --mew 2feb93
1924
1925@node Stack Registers
1926@subsection Registers That Form a Stack
1927
1928There are special features to handle computers where some of the
1929``registers'' form a stack.  Stack registers are normally written by
1930pushing onto the stack, and are numbered relative to the top of the
1931stack.
1932
1933Currently, GCC can only handle one group of stack-like registers, and
1934they must be consecutively numbered.  Furthermore, the existing
1935support for stack-like registers is specific to the 80387 floating
1936point coprocessor.  If you have a new architecture that uses
1937stack-like registers, you will need to do substantial work on
1938@file{reg-stack.c} and write your machine description to cooperate
1939with it, as well as defining these macros.
1940
1941@defmac STACK_REGS
1942Define this if the machine has any stack-like registers.
1943@end defmac
1944
1945@defmac STACK_REG_COVER_CLASS
1946This is a cover class containing the stack registers.  Define this if
1947the machine has any stack-like registers.
1948@end defmac
1949
1950@defmac FIRST_STACK_REG
1951The number of the first stack-like register.  This one is the top
1952of the stack.
1953@end defmac
1954
1955@defmac LAST_STACK_REG
1956The number of the last stack-like register.  This one is the bottom of
1957the stack.
1958@end defmac
1959
1960@node Register Classes
1961@section Register Classes
1962@cindex register class definitions
1963@cindex class definitions, register
1964
1965On many machines, the numbered registers are not all equivalent.
1966For example, certain registers may not be allowed for indexed addressing;
1967certain registers may not be allowed in some instructions.  These machine
1968restrictions are described to the compiler using @dfn{register classes}.
1969
1970You define a number of register classes, giving each one a name and saying
1971which of the registers belong to it.  Then you can specify register classes
1972that are allowed as operands to particular instruction patterns.
1973
1974@findex ALL_REGS
1975@findex NO_REGS
1976In general, each register will belong to several classes.  In fact, one
1977class must be named @code{ALL_REGS} and contain all the registers.  Another
1978class must be named @code{NO_REGS} and contain no registers.  Often the
1979union of two classes will be another class; however, this is not required.
1980
1981@findex GENERAL_REGS
1982One of the classes must be named @code{GENERAL_REGS}.  There is nothing
1983terribly special about the name, but the operand constraint letters
1984@samp{r} and @samp{g} specify this class.  If @code{GENERAL_REGS} is
1985the same as @code{ALL_REGS}, just define it as a macro which expands
1986to @code{ALL_REGS}.
1987
1988Order the classes so that if class @var{x} is contained in class @var{y}
1989then @var{x} has a lower class number than @var{y}.
1990
1991The way classes other than @code{GENERAL_REGS} are specified in operand
1992constraints is through machine-dependent operand constraint letters.
1993You can define such letters to correspond to various classes, then use
1994them in operand constraints.
1995
1996You must define the narrowest register classes for allocatable
1997registers, so that each class either has no subclasses, or that for
1998some mode, the move cost between registers within the class is
1999cheaper than moving a register in the class to or from memory
2000(@pxref{Costs}).
2001
2002You should define a class for the union of two classes whenever some
2003instruction allows both classes.  For example, if an instruction allows
2004either a floating point (coprocessor) register or a general register for a
2005certain operand, you should define a class @code{FLOAT_OR_GENERAL_REGS}
2006which includes both of them.  Otherwise you will get suboptimal code,
2007or even internal compiler errors when reload cannot find a register in the
2008class computed via @code{reg_class_subunion}.
2009
2010You must also specify certain redundant information about the register
2011classes: for each class, which classes contain it and which ones are
2012contained in it; for each pair of classes, the largest class contained
2013in their union.
2014
2015When a value occupying several consecutive registers is expected in a
2016certain class, all the registers used must belong to that class.
2017Therefore, register classes cannot be used to enforce a requirement for
2018a register pair to start with an even-numbered register.  The way to
2019specify this requirement is with @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK}.
2020
2021Register classes used for input-operands of bitwise-and or shift
2022instructions have a special requirement: each such class must have, for
2023each fixed-point machine mode, a subclass whose registers can transfer that
2024mode to or from memory.  For example, on some machines, the operations for
2025single-byte values (@code{QImode}) are limited to certain registers.  When
2026this is so, each register class that is used in a bitwise-and or shift
2027instruction must have a subclass consisting of registers from which
2028single-byte values can be loaded or stored.  This is so that
2029@code{PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS} can always have a possible value to return.
2030
2031@deftp {Data type} {enum reg_class}
2032An enumerated type that must be defined with all the register class names
2033as enumerated values.  @code{NO_REGS} must be first.  @code{ALL_REGS}
2034must be the last register class, followed by one more enumerated value,
2035@code{LIM_REG_CLASSES}, which is not a register class but rather
2036tells how many classes there are.
2037
2038Each register class has a number, which is the value of casting
2039the class name to type @code{int}.  The number serves as an index
2040in many of the tables described below.
2041@end deftp
2042
2043@defmac N_REG_CLASSES
2044The number of distinct register classes, defined as follows:
2045
2046@smallexample
2047#define N_REG_CLASSES (int) LIM_REG_CLASSES
2048@end smallexample
2049@end defmac
2050
2051@defmac REG_CLASS_NAMES
2052An initializer containing the names of the register classes as C string
2053constants.  These names are used in writing some of the debugging dumps.
2054@end defmac
2055
2056@defmac REG_CLASS_CONTENTS
2057An initializer containing the contents of the register classes, as integers
2058which are bit masks.  The @var{n}th integer specifies the contents of class
2059@var{n}.  The way the integer @var{mask} is interpreted is that
2060register @var{r} is in the class if @code{@var{mask} & (1 << @var{r})} is 1.
2061
2062When the machine has more than 32 registers, an integer does not suffice.
2063Then the integers are replaced by sub-initializers, braced groupings containing
2064several integers.  Each sub-initializer must be suitable as an initializer
2065for the type @code{HARD_REG_SET} which is defined in @file{hard-reg-set.h}.
2066In this situation, the first integer in each sub-initializer corresponds to
2067registers 0 through 31, the second integer to registers 32 through 63, and
2068so on.
2069@end defmac
2070
2071@defmac REGNO_REG_CLASS (@var{regno})
2072A C expression whose value is a register class containing hard register
2073@var{regno}.  In general there is more than one such class; choose a class
2074which is @dfn{minimal}, meaning that no smaller class also contains the
2075register.
2076@end defmac
2077
2078@defmac BASE_REG_CLASS
2079A macro whose definition is the name of the class to which a valid
2080base register must belong.  A base register is one used in an address
2081which is the register value plus a displacement.
2082@end defmac
2083
2084@defmac MODE_BASE_REG_CLASS (@var{mode})
2085This is a variation of the @code{BASE_REG_CLASS} macro which allows
2086the selection of a base register in a mode dependent manner.  If
2087@var{mode} is VOIDmode then it should return the same value as
2088@code{BASE_REG_CLASS}.
2089@end defmac
2090
2091@defmac MODE_BASE_REG_REG_CLASS (@var{mode})
2092A C expression whose value is the register class to which a valid
2093base register must belong in order to be used in a base plus index
2094register address.  You should define this macro if base plus index
2095addresses have different requirements than other base register uses.
2096@end defmac
2097
2098@defmac MODE_CODE_BASE_REG_CLASS (@var{mode}, @var{address_space}, @var{outer_code}, @var{index_code})
2099A C expression whose value is the register class to which a valid
2100base register for a memory reference in mode @var{mode} to address
2101space @var{address_space} must belong.  @var{outer_code} and @var{index_code}
2102define the context in which the base register occurs.  @var{outer_code} is
2103the code of the immediately enclosing expression (@code{MEM} for the top level
2104of an address, @code{ADDRESS} for something that occurs in an
2105@code{address_operand}).  @var{index_code} is the code of the corresponding
2106index expression if @var{outer_code} is @code{PLUS}; @code{SCRATCH} otherwise.
2107@end defmac
2108
2109@defmac INDEX_REG_CLASS
2110A macro whose definition is the name of the class to which a valid
2111index register must belong.  An index register is one used in an
2112address where its value is either multiplied by a scale factor or
2113added to another register (as well as added to a displacement).
2114@end defmac
2115
2116@defmac REGNO_OK_FOR_BASE_P (@var{num})
2117A C expression which is nonzero if register number @var{num} is
2118suitable for use as a base register in operand addresses.
2119@end defmac
2120
2121@defmac REGNO_MODE_OK_FOR_BASE_P (@var{num}, @var{mode})
2122A C expression that is just like @code{REGNO_OK_FOR_BASE_P}, except that
2123that expression may examine the mode of the memory reference in
2124@var{mode}.  You should define this macro if the mode of the memory
2125reference affects whether a register may be used as a base register.  If
2126you define this macro, the compiler will use it instead of
2127@code{REGNO_OK_FOR_BASE_P}.  The mode may be @code{VOIDmode} for
2128addresses that appear outside a @code{MEM}, i.e., as an
2129@code{address_operand}.
2130@end defmac
2131
2132@defmac REGNO_MODE_OK_FOR_REG_BASE_P (@var{num}, @var{mode})
2133A C expression which is nonzero if register number @var{num} is suitable for
2134use as a base register in base plus index operand addresses, accessing
2135memory in mode @var{mode}.  It may be either a suitable hard register or a
2136pseudo register that has been allocated such a hard register.  You should
2137define this macro if base plus index addresses have different requirements
2138than other base register uses.
2139
2140Use of this macro is deprecated; please use the more general
2141@code{REGNO_MODE_CODE_OK_FOR_BASE_P}.
2142@end defmac
2143
2144@defmac REGNO_MODE_CODE_OK_FOR_BASE_P (@var{num}, @var{mode}, @var{address_space}, @var{outer_code}, @var{index_code})
2145A C expression which is nonzero if register number @var{num} is
2146suitable for use as a base register in operand addresses, accessing
2147memory in mode @var{mode} in address space @var{address_space}.
2148This is similar to @code{REGNO_MODE_OK_FOR_BASE_P}, except
2149that that expression may examine the context in which the register
2150appears in the memory reference.  @var{outer_code} is the code of the
2151immediately enclosing expression (@code{MEM} if at the top level of the
2152address, @code{ADDRESS} for something that occurs in an
2153@code{address_operand}).  @var{index_code} is the code of the
2154corresponding index expression if @var{outer_code} is @code{PLUS};
2155@code{SCRATCH} otherwise.  The mode may be @code{VOIDmode} for addresses
2156that appear outside a @code{MEM}, i.e., as an @code{address_operand}.
2157@end defmac
2158
2159@defmac REGNO_OK_FOR_INDEX_P (@var{num})
2160A C expression which is nonzero if register number @var{num} is
2161suitable for use as an index register in operand addresses.  It may be
2162either a suitable hard register or a pseudo register that has been
2163allocated such a hard register.
2164
2165The difference between an index register and a base register is that
2166the index register may be scaled.  If an address involves the sum of
2167two registers, neither one of them scaled, then either one may be
2168labeled the ``base'' and the other the ``index''; but whichever
2169labeling is used must fit the machine's constraints of which registers
2170may serve in each capacity.  The compiler will try both labelings,
2171looking for one that is valid, and will reload one or both registers
2172only if neither labeling works.
2173@end defmac
2174
2175@hook TARGET_PREFERRED_RENAME_CLASS
2176
2177@hook TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS
2178
2179@defmac PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS (@var{x}, @var{class})
2180A C expression that places additional restrictions on the register class
2181to use when it is necessary to copy value @var{x} into a register in class
2182@var{class}.  The value is a register class; perhaps @var{class}, or perhaps
2183another, smaller class.  On many machines, the following definition is
2184safe:
2185
2186@smallexample
2187#define PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS(X,CLASS) CLASS
2188@end smallexample
2189
2190Sometimes returning a more restrictive class makes better code.  For
2191example, on the 68000, when @var{x} is an integer constant that is in range
2192for a @samp{moveq} instruction, the value of this macro is always
2193@code{DATA_REGS} as long as @var{class} includes the data registers.
2194Requiring a data register guarantees that a @samp{moveq} will be used.
2195
2196One case where @code{PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS} must not return
2197@var{class} is if @var{x} is a legitimate constant which cannot be
2198loaded into some register class.  By returning @code{NO_REGS} you can
2199force @var{x} into a memory location.  For example, rs6000 can load
2200immediate values into general-purpose registers, but does not have an
2201instruction for loading an immediate value into a floating-point
2202register, so @code{PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS} returns @code{NO_REGS} when
2203@var{x} is a floating-point constant.  If the constant cannot be loaded
2204into any kind of register, code generation will be better if
2205@code{TARGET_LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P} makes the constant illegitimate instead
2206of using @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}.
2207
2208If an insn has pseudos in it after register allocation, reload will go
2209through the alternatives and call repeatedly @code{PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}
2210to find the best one.  Returning @code{NO_REGS}, in this case, makes
2211reload add a @code{!} in front of the constraint: the x86 back-end uses
2212this feature to discourage usage of 387 registers when math is done in
2213the SSE registers (and vice versa).
2214@end defmac
2215
2216@hook TARGET_PREFERRED_OUTPUT_RELOAD_CLASS
2217
2218@defmac LIMIT_RELOAD_CLASS (@var{mode}, @var{class})
2219A C expression that places additional restrictions on the register class
2220to use when it is necessary to be able to hold a value of mode
2221@var{mode} in a reload register for which class @var{class} would
2222ordinarily be used.
2223
2224Unlike @code{PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}, this macro should be used when
2225there are certain modes that simply cannot go in certain reload classes.
2226
2227The value is a register class; perhaps @var{class}, or perhaps another,
2228smaller class.
2229
2230Don't define this macro unless the target machine has limitations which
2231require the macro to do something nontrivial.
2232@end defmac
2233
2234@hook TARGET_SECONDARY_RELOAD
2235
2236@defmac SECONDARY_RELOAD_CLASS (@var{class}, @var{mode}, @var{x})
2237@defmacx SECONDARY_INPUT_RELOAD_CLASS (@var{class}, @var{mode}, @var{x})
2238@defmacx SECONDARY_OUTPUT_RELOAD_CLASS (@var{class}, @var{mode}, @var{x})
2239These macros are obsolete, new ports should use the target hook
2240@code{TARGET_SECONDARY_RELOAD} instead.
2241
2242These are obsolete macros, replaced by the @code{TARGET_SECONDARY_RELOAD}
2243target hook.  Older ports still define these macros to indicate to the
2244reload phase that it may
2245need to allocate at least one register for a reload in addition to the
2246register to contain the data.  Specifically, if copying @var{x} to a
2247register @var{class} in @var{mode} requires an intermediate register,
2248you were supposed to define @code{SECONDARY_INPUT_RELOAD_CLASS} to return the
2249largest register class all of whose registers can be used as
2250intermediate registers or scratch registers.
2251
2252If copying a register @var{class} in @var{mode} to @var{x} requires an
2253intermediate or scratch register, @code{SECONDARY_OUTPUT_RELOAD_CLASS}
2254was supposed to be defined be defined to return the largest register
2255class required.  If the
2256requirements for input and output reloads were the same, the macro
2257@code{SECONDARY_RELOAD_CLASS} should have been used instead of defining both
2258macros identically.
2259
2260The values returned by these macros are often @code{GENERAL_REGS}.
2261Return @code{NO_REGS} if no spare register is needed; i.e., if @var{x}
2262can be directly copied to or from a register of @var{class} in
2263@var{mode} without requiring a scratch register.  Do not define this
2264macro if it would always return @code{NO_REGS}.
2265
2266If a scratch register is required (either with or without an
2267intermediate register), you were supposed to define patterns for
2268@samp{reload_in@var{m}} or @samp{reload_out@var{m}}, as required
2269(@pxref{Standard Names}.  These patterns, which were normally
2270implemented with a @code{define_expand}, should be similar to the
2271@samp{mov@var{m}} patterns, except that operand 2 is the scratch
2272register.
2273
2274These patterns need constraints for the reload register and scratch
2275register that
2276contain a single register class.  If the original reload register (whose
2277class is @var{class}) can meet the constraint given in the pattern, the
2278value returned by these macros is used for the class of the scratch
2279register.  Otherwise, two additional reload registers are required.
2280Their classes are obtained from the constraints in the insn pattern.
2281
2282@var{x} might be a pseudo-register or a @code{subreg} of a
2283pseudo-register, which could either be in a hard register or in memory.
2284Use @code{true_regnum} to find out; it will return @minus{}1 if the pseudo is
2285in memory and the hard register number if it is in a register.
2286
2287These macros should not be used in the case where a particular class of
2288registers can only be copied to memory and not to another class of
2289registers.  In that case, secondary reload registers are not needed and
2290would not be helpful.  Instead, a stack location must be used to perform
2291the copy and the @code{mov@var{m}} pattern should use memory as an
2292intermediate storage.  This case often occurs between floating-point and
2293general registers.
2294@end defmac
2295
2296@hook TARGET_SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED
2297
2298@defmac SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED_RTX (@var{mode})
2299Normally when @code{TARGET_SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED} is defined, the compiler
2300allocates a stack slot for a memory location needed for register copies.
2301If this macro is defined, the compiler instead uses the memory location
2302defined by this macro.
2303
2304Do not define this macro if you do not define
2305@code{TARGET_SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED}.
2306@end defmac
2307
2308@hook TARGET_SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED_MODE
2309
2310@hook TARGET_SELECT_EARLY_REMAT_MODES
2311
2312@hook TARGET_CLASS_LIKELY_SPILLED_P
2313
2314@hook TARGET_CLASS_MAX_NREGS
2315
2316@defmac CLASS_MAX_NREGS (@var{class}, @var{mode})
2317A C expression for the maximum number of consecutive registers
2318of class @var{class} needed to hold a value of mode @var{mode}.
2319
2320This is closely related to the macro @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_NREGS}.  In fact,
2321the value of the macro @code{CLASS_MAX_NREGS (@var{class}, @var{mode})}
2322should be the maximum value of @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_NREGS (@var{regno},
2323@var{mode})} for all @var{regno} values in the class @var{class}.
2324
2325This macro helps control the handling of multiple-word values
2326in the reload pass.
2327@end defmac
2328
2329@hook TARGET_CAN_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS
2330
2331@hook TARGET_IRA_CHANGE_PSEUDO_ALLOCNO_CLASS
2332
2333@hook TARGET_LRA_P
2334
2335@hook TARGET_REGISTER_PRIORITY
2336
2337@hook TARGET_REGISTER_USAGE_LEVELING_P
2338
2339@hook TARGET_DIFFERENT_ADDR_DISPLACEMENT_P
2340
2341@hook TARGET_CANNOT_SUBSTITUTE_MEM_EQUIV_P
2342
2343@hook TARGET_LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS_DISPLACEMENT
2344
2345@hook TARGET_SPILL_CLASS
2346
2347@hook TARGET_ADDITIONAL_ALLOCNO_CLASS_P
2348
2349@hook TARGET_CSTORE_MODE
2350
2351@hook TARGET_COMPUTE_PRESSURE_CLASSES
2352
2353@node Stack and Calling
2354@section Stack Layout and Calling Conventions
2355@cindex calling conventions
2356
2357@c prevent bad page break with this line
2358This describes the stack layout and calling conventions.
2359
2360@menu
2361* Frame Layout::
2362* Exception Handling::
2363* Stack Checking::
2364* Frame Registers::
2365* Elimination::
2366* Stack Arguments::
2367* Register Arguments::
2368* Scalar Return::
2369* Aggregate Return::
2370* Caller Saves::
2371* Function Entry::
2372* Profiling::
2373* Tail Calls::
2374* Shrink-wrapping separate components::
2375* Stack Smashing Protection::
2376* Miscellaneous Register Hooks::
2377@end menu
2378
2379@node Frame Layout
2380@subsection Basic Stack Layout
2381@cindex stack frame layout
2382@cindex frame layout
2383
2384@c prevent bad page break with this line
2385Here is the basic stack layout.
2386
2387@defmac STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
2388Define this macro to be true if pushing a word onto the stack moves the stack
2389pointer to a smaller address, and false otherwise.
2390@end defmac
2391
2392@defmac STACK_PUSH_CODE
2393This macro defines the operation used when something is pushed
2394on the stack.  In RTL, a push operation will be
2395@code{(set (mem (STACK_PUSH_CODE (reg sp))) @dots{})}
2396
2397The choices are @code{PRE_DEC}, @code{POST_DEC}, @code{PRE_INC},
2398and @code{POST_INC}.  Which of these is correct depends on
2399the stack direction and on whether the stack pointer points
2400to the last item on the stack or whether it points to the
2401space for the next item on the stack.
2402
2403The default is @code{PRE_DEC} when @code{STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD} is
2404true, which is almost always right, and @code{PRE_INC} otherwise,
2405which is often wrong.
2406@end defmac
2407
2408@defmac FRAME_GROWS_DOWNWARD
2409Define this macro to nonzero value if the addresses of local variable slots
2410are at negative offsets from the frame pointer.
2411@end defmac
2412
2413@defmac ARGS_GROW_DOWNWARD
2414Define this macro if successive arguments to a function occupy decreasing
2415addresses on the stack.
2416@end defmac
2417
2418@hook TARGET_STARTING_FRAME_OFFSET
2419
2420@defmac STACK_ALIGNMENT_NEEDED
2421Define to zero to disable final alignment of the stack during reload.
2422The nonzero default for this macro is suitable for most ports.
2423
2424On ports where @code{TARGET_STARTING_FRAME_OFFSET} is nonzero or where there
2425is a register save block following the local block that doesn't require
2426alignment to @code{STACK_BOUNDARY}, it may be beneficial to disable
2427stack alignment and do it in the backend.
2428@end defmac
2429
2430@defmac STACK_POINTER_OFFSET
2431Offset from the stack pointer register to the first location at which
2432outgoing arguments are placed.  If not specified, the default value of
2433zero is used.  This is the proper value for most machines.
2434
2435If @code{ARGS_GROW_DOWNWARD}, this is the offset to the location above
2436the first location at which outgoing arguments are placed.
2437@end defmac
2438
2439@defmac FIRST_PARM_OFFSET (@var{fundecl})
2440Offset from the argument pointer register to the first argument's
2441address.  On some machines it may depend on the data type of the
2442function.
2443
2444If @code{ARGS_GROW_DOWNWARD}, this is the offset to the location above
2445the first argument's address.
2446@end defmac
2447
2448@defmac STACK_DYNAMIC_OFFSET (@var{fundecl})
2449Offset from the stack pointer register to an item dynamically allocated
2450on the stack, e.g., by @code{alloca}.
2451
2452The default value for this macro is @code{STACK_POINTER_OFFSET} plus the
2453length of the outgoing arguments.  The default is correct for most
2454machines.  See @file{function.c} for details.
2455@end defmac
2456
2457@defmac INITIAL_FRAME_ADDRESS_RTX
2458A C expression whose value is RTL representing the address of the initial
2459stack frame. This address is passed to @code{RETURN_ADDR_RTX} and
2460@code{DYNAMIC_CHAIN_ADDRESS}.  If you don't define this macro, a reasonable
2461default value will be used.  Define this macro in order to make frame pointer
2462elimination work in the presence of @code{__builtin_frame_address (count)} and
2463@code{__builtin_return_address (count)} for @code{count} not equal to zero.
2464@end defmac
2465
2466@defmac DYNAMIC_CHAIN_ADDRESS (@var{frameaddr})
2467A C expression whose value is RTL representing the address in a stack
2468frame where the pointer to the caller's frame is stored.  Assume that
2469@var{frameaddr} is an RTL expression for the address of the stack frame
2470itself.
2471
2472If you don't define this macro, the default is to return the value
2473of @var{frameaddr}---that is, the stack frame address is also the
2474address of the stack word that points to the previous frame.
2475@end defmac
2476
2477@defmac SETUP_FRAME_ADDRESSES
2478A C expression that produces the machine-specific code to
2479setup the stack so that arbitrary frames can be accessed.  For example,
2480on the SPARC, we must flush all of the register windows to the stack
2481before we can access arbitrary stack frames.  You will seldom need to
2482define this macro.  The default is to do nothing.
2483@end defmac
2484
2485@hook TARGET_BUILTIN_SETJMP_FRAME_VALUE
2486
2487@defmac FRAME_ADDR_RTX (@var{frameaddr})
2488A C expression whose value is RTL representing the value of the frame
2489address for the current frame.  @var{frameaddr} is the frame pointer
2490of the current frame.  This is used for __builtin_frame_address.
2491You need only define this macro if the frame address is not the same
2492as the frame pointer.  Most machines do not need to define it.
2493@end defmac
2494
2495@defmac RETURN_ADDR_RTX (@var{count}, @var{frameaddr})
2496A C expression whose value is RTL representing the value of the return
2497address for the frame @var{count} steps up from the current frame, after
2498the prologue.  @var{frameaddr} is the frame pointer of the @var{count}
2499frame, or the frame pointer of the @var{count} @minus{} 1 frame if
2500@code{RETURN_ADDR_IN_PREVIOUS_FRAME} is nonzero.
2501
2502The value of the expression must always be the correct address when
2503@var{count} is zero, but may be @code{NULL_RTX} if there is no way to
2504determine the return address of other frames.
2505@end defmac
2506
2507@defmac RETURN_ADDR_IN_PREVIOUS_FRAME
2508Define this macro to nonzero value if the return address of a particular
2509stack frame is accessed from the frame pointer of the previous stack
2510frame.  The zero default for this macro is suitable for most ports.
2511@end defmac
2512
2513@defmac INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX
2514A C expression whose value is RTL representing the location of the
2515incoming return address at the beginning of any function, before the
2516prologue.  This RTL is either a @code{REG}, indicating that the return
2517value is saved in @samp{REG}, or a @code{MEM} representing a location in
2518the stack.
2519
2520You only need to define this macro if you want to support call frame
2521debugging information like that provided by DWARF 2.
2522
2523If this RTL is a @code{REG}, you should also define
2524@code{DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN} to @code{DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO)}.
2525@end defmac
2526
2527@defmac DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
2528A C expression whose value is an integer giving a DWARF 2 column
2529number that may be used as an alternative return column.  The column
2530must not correspond to any gcc hard register (that is, it must not
2531be in the range of @code{DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM}).
2532
2533This macro can be useful if @code{DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN} is set to a
2534general register, but an alternative column needs to be used for signal
2535frames.  Some targets have also used different frame return columns
2536over time.
2537@end defmac
2538
2539@defmac DWARF_ZERO_REG
2540A C expression whose value is an integer giving a DWARF 2 register
2541number that is considered to always have the value zero.  This should
2542only be defined if the target has an architected zero register, and
2543someone decided it was a good idea to use that register number to
2544terminate the stack backtrace.  New ports should avoid this.
2545@end defmac
2546
2547@hook TARGET_DWARF_HANDLE_FRAME_UNSPEC
2548
2549@hook TARGET_DWARF_POLY_INDETERMINATE_VALUE
2550
2551@defmac INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET
2552A C expression whose value is an integer giving the offset, in bytes,
2553from the value of the stack pointer register to the top of the stack
2554frame at the beginning of any function, before the prologue.  The top of
2555the frame is defined to be the value of the stack pointer in the
2556previous frame, just before the call instruction.
2557
2558You only need to define this macro if you want to support call frame
2559debugging information like that provided by DWARF 2.
2560@end defmac
2561
2562@defmac DEFAULT_INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET
2563Like @code{INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET}, but must be the same for all
2564functions of the same ABI, and when using GAS @code{.cfi_*} directives
2565must also agree with the default CFI GAS emits.  Define this macro
2566only if @code{INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET} can have different values
2567between different functions of the same ABI or when
2568@code{INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET} does not agree with GAS default CFI.
2569@end defmac
2570
2571@defmac ARG_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (@var{fundecl})
2572A C expression whose value is an integer giving the offset, in bytes,
2573from the argument pointer to the canonical frame address (cfa).  The
2574final value should coincide with that calculated by
2575@code{INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET}.  Which is unfortunately not usable
2576during virtual register instantiation.
2577
2578The default value for this macro is
2579@code{FIRST_PARM_OFFSET (fundecl) + crtl->args.pretend_args_size},
2580which is correct for most machines; in general, the arguments are found
2581immediately before the stack frame.  Note that this is not the case on
2582some targets that save registers into the caller's frame, such as SPARC
2583and rs6000, and so such targets need to define this macro.
2584
2585You only need to define this macro if the default is incorrect, and you
2586want to support call frame debugging information like that provided by
2587DWARF 2.
2588@end defmac
2589
2590@defmac FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (@var{fundecl})
2591If defined, a C expression whose value is an integer giving the offset
2592in bytes from the frame pointer to the canonical frame address (cfa).
2593The final value should coincide with that calculated by
2594@code{INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET}.
2595
2596Normally the CFA is calculated as an offset from the argument pointer,
2597via @code{ARG_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET}, but if the argument pointer is
2598variable due to the ABI, this may not be possible.  If this macro is
2599defined, it implies that the virtual register instantiation should be
2600based on the frame pointer instead of the argument pointer.  Only one
2601of @code{FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET} and @code{ARG_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET}
2602should be defined.
2603@end defmac
2604
2605@defmac CFA_FRAME_BASE_OFFSET (@var{fundecl})
2606If defined, a C expression whose value is an integer giving the offset
2607in bytes from the canonical frame address (cfa) to the frame base used
2608in DWARF 2 debug information.  The default is zero.  A different value
2609may reduce the size of debug information on some ports.
2610@end defmac
2611
2612@node Exception Handling
2613@subsection Exception Handling Support
2614@cindex exception handling
2615
2616@defmac EH_RETURN_DATA_REGNO (@var{N})
2617A C expression whose value is the @var{N}th register number used for
2618data by exception handlers, or @code{INVALID_REGNUM} if fewer than
2619@var{N} registers are usable.
2620
2621The exception handling library routines communicate with the exception
2622handlers via a set of agreed upon registers.  Ideally these registers
2623should be call-clobbered; it is possible to use call-saved registers,
2624but may negatively impact code size.  The target must support at least
26252 data registers, but should define 4 if there are enough free registers.
2626
2627You must define this macro if you want to support call frame exception
2628handling like that provided by DWARF 2.
2629@end defmac
2630
2631@defmac EH_RETURN_STACKADJ_RTX
2632A C expression whose value is RTL representing a location in which
2633to store a stack adjustment to be applied before function return.
2634This is used to unwind the stack to an exception handler's call frame.
2635It will be assigned zero on code paths that return normally.
2636
2637Typically this is a call-clobbered hard register that is otherwise
2638untouched by the epilogue, but could also be a stack slot.
2639
2640Do not define this macro if the stack pointer is saved and restored
2641by the regular prolog and epilog code in the call frame itself; in
2642this case, the exception handling library routines will update the
2643stack location to be restored in place.  Otherwise, you must define
2644this macro if you want to support call frame exception handling like
2645that provided by DWARF 2.
2646@end defmac
2647
2648@defmac EH_RETURN_HANDLER_RTX
2649A C expression whose value is RTL representing a location in which
2650to store the address of an exception handler to which we should
2651return.  It will not be assigned on code paths that return normally.
2652
2653Typically this is the location in the call frame at which the normal
2654return address is stored.  For targets that return by popping an
2655address off the stack, this might be a memory address just below
2656the @emph{target} call frame rather than inside the current call
2657frame.  If defined, @code{EH_RETURN_STACKADJ_RTX} will have already
2658been assigned, so it may be used to calculate the location of the
2659target call frame.
2660
2661Some targets have more complex requirements than storing to an
2662address calculable during initial code generation.  In that case
2663the @code{eh_return} instruction pattern should be used instead.
2664
2665If you want to support call frame exception handling, you must
2666define either this macro or the @code{eh_return} instruction pattern.
2667@end defmac
2668
2669@defmac RETURN_ADDR_OFFSET
2670If defined, an integer-valued C expression for which rtl will be generated
2671to add it to the exception handler address before it is searched in the
2672exception handling tables, and to subtract it again from the address before
2673using it to return to the exception handler.
2674@end defmac
2675
2676@defmac ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (@var{code}, @var{global})
2677This macro chooses the encoding of pointers embedded in the exception
2678handling sections.  If at all possible, this should be defined such
2679that the exception handling section will not require dynamic relocations,
2680and so may be read-only.
2681
2682@var{code} is 0 for data, 1 for code labels, 2 for function pointers.
2683@var{global} is true if the symbol may be affected by dynamic relocations.
2684The macro should return a combination of the @code{DW_EH_PE_*} defines
2685as found in @file{dwarf2.h}.
2686
2687If this macro is not defined, pointers will not be encoded but
2688represented directly.
2689@end defmac
2690
2691@defmac ASM_MAYBE_OUTPUT_ENCODED_ADDR_RTX (@var{file}, @var{encoding}, @var{size}, @var{addr}, @var{done})
2692This macro allows the target to emit whatever special magic is required
2693to represent the encoding chosen by @code{ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT}.
2694Generic code takes care of pc-relative and indirect encodings; this must
2695be defined if the target uses text-relative or data-relative encodings.
2696
2697This is a C statement that branches to @var{done} if the format was
2698handled.  @var{encoding} is the format chosen, @var{size} is the number
2699of bytes that the format occupies, @var{addr} is the @code{SYMBOL_REF}
2700to be emitted.
2701@end defmac
2702
2703@defmac MD_FALLBACK_FRAME_STATE_FOR (@var{context}, @var{fs})
2704This macro allows the target to add CPU and operating system specific
2705code to the call-frame unwinder for use when there is no unwind data
2706available.  The most common reason to implement this macro is to unwind
2707through signal frames.
2708
2709This macro is called from @code{uw_frame_state_for} in
2710@file{unwind-dw2.c}, @file{unwind-dw2-xtensa.c} and
2711@file{unwind-ia64.c}.  @var{context} is an @code{_Unwind_Context};
2712@var{fs} is an @code{_Unwind_FrameState}.  Examine @code{context->ra}
2713for the address of the code being executed and @code{context->cfa} for
2714the stack pointer value.  If the frame can be decoded, the register
2715save addresses should be updated in @var{fs} and the macro should
2716evaluate to @code{_URC_NO_REASON}.  If the frame cannot be decoded,
2717the macro should evaluate to @code{_URC_END_OF_STACK}.
2718
2719For proper signal handling in Java this macro is accompanied by
2720@code{MAKE_THROW_FRAME}, defined in @file{libjava/include/*-signal.h} headers.
2721@end defmac
2722
2723@defmac MD_HANDLE_UNWABI (@var{context}, @var{fs})
2724This macro allows the target to add operating system specific code to the
2725call-frame unwinder to handle the IA-64 @code{.unwabi} unwinding directive,
2726usually used for signal or interrupt frames.
2727
2728This macro is called from @code{uw_update_context} in libgcc's
2729@file{unwind-ia64.c}.  @var{context} is an @code{_Unwind_Context};
2730@var{fs} is an @code{_Unwind_FrameState}.  Examine @code{fs->unwabi}
2731for the abi and context in the @code{.unwabi} directive.  If the
2732@code{.unwabi} directive can be handled, the register save addresses should
2733be updated in @var{fs}.
2734@end defmac
2735
2736@defmac TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO
2737A C expression that evaluates to true if the target requires unwind
2738info to be given comdat linkage.  Define it to be @code{1} if comdat
2739linkage is necessary.  The default is @code{0}.
2740@end defmac
2741
2742@node Stack Checking
2743@subsection Specifying How Stack Checking is Done
2744
2745GCC will check that stack references are within the boundaries of the
2746stack, if the option @option{-fstack-check} is specified, in one of
2747three ways:
2748
2749@enumerate
2750@item
2751If the value of the @code{STACK_CHECK_BUILTIN} macro is nonzero, GCC
2752will assume that you have arranged for full stack checking to be done
2753at appropriate places in the configuration files.  GCC will not do
2754other special processing.
2755
2756@item
2757If @code{STACK_CHECK_BUILTIN} is zero and the value of the
2758@code{STACK_CHECK_STATIC_BUILTIN} macro is nonzero, GCC will assume
2759that you have arranged for static stack checking (checking of the
2760static stack frame of functions) to be done at appropriate places
2761in the configuration files.  GCC will only emit code to do dynamic
2762stack checking (checking on dynamic stack allocations) using the third
2763approach below.
2764
2765@item
2766If neither of the above are true, GCC will generate code to periodically
2767``probe'' the stack pointer using the values of the macros defined below.
2768@end enumerate
2769
2770If neither STACK_CHECK_BUILTIN nor STACK_CHECK_STATIC_BUILTIN is defined,
2771GCC will change its allocation strategy for large objects if the option
2772@option{-fstack-check} is specified: they will always be allocated
2773dynamically if their size exceeds @code{STACK_CHECK_MAX_VAR_SIZE} bytes.
2774
2775@defmac STACK_CHECK_BUILTIN
2776A nonzero value if stack checking is done by the configuration files in a
2777machine-dependent manner.  You should define this macro if stack checking
2778is required by the ABI of your machine or if you would like to do stack
2779checking in some more efficient way than the generic approach.  The default
2780value of this macro is zero.
2781@end defmac
2782
2783@defmac STACK_CHECK_STATIC_BUILTIN
2784A nonzero value if static stack checking is done by the configuration files
2785in a machine-dependent manner.  You should define this macro if you would
2786like to do static stack checking in some more efficient way than the generic
2787approach.  The default value of this macro is zero.
2788@end defmac
2789
2790@defmac STACK_CHECK_PROBE_INTERVAL_EXP
2791An integer specifying the interval at which GCC must generate stack probe
2792instructions, defined as 2 raised to this integer.  You will normally
2793define this macro so that the interval be no larger than the size of
2794the ``guard pages'' at the end of a stack area.  The default value
2795of 12 (4096-byte interval) is suitable for most systems.
2796@end defmac
2797
2798@defmac STACK_CHECK_MOVING_SP
2799An integer which is nonzero if GCC should move the stack pointer page by page
2800when doing probes.  This can be necessary on systems where the stack pointer
2801contains the bottom address of the memory area accessible to the executing
2802thread at any point in time.  In this situation an alternate signal stack
2803is required in order to be able to recover from a stack overflow.  The
2804default value of this macro is zero.
2805@end defmac
2806
2807@defmac STACK_CHECK_PROTECT
2808The number of bytes of stack needed to recover from a stack overflow, for
2809languages where such a recovery is supported.  The default value of 4KB/8KB
2810with the @code{setjmp}/@code{longjmp}-based exception handling mechanism and
28118KB/12KB with other exception handling mechanisms should be adequate for most
2812architectures and operating systems.
2813@end defmac
2814
2815The following macros are relevant only if neither STACK_CHECK_BUILTIN
2816nor STACK_CHECK_STATIC_BUILTIN is defined; you can omit them altogether
2817in the opposite case.
2818
2819@defmac STACK_CHECK_MAX_FRAME_SIZE
2820The maximum size of a stack frame, in bytes.  GCC will generate probe
2821instructions in non-leaf functions to ensure at least this many bytes of
2822stack are available.  If a stack frame is larger than this size, stack
2823checking will not be reliable and GCC will issue a warning.  The
2824default is chosen so that GCC only generates one instruction on most
2825systems.  You should normally not change the default value of this macro.
2826@end defmac
2827
2828@defmac STACK_CHECK_FIXED_FRAME_SIZE
2829GCC uses this value to generate the above warning message.  It
2830represents the amount of fixed frame used by a function, not including
2831space for any callee-saved registers, temporaries and user variables.
2832You need only specify an upper bound for this amount and will normally
2833use the default of four words.
2834@end defmac
2835
2836@defmac STACK_CHECK_MAX_VAR_SIZE
2837The maximum size, in bytes, of an object that GCC will place in the
2838fixed area of the stack frame when the user specifies
2839@option{-fstack-check}.
2840GCC computed the default from the values of the above macros and you will
2841normally not need to override that default.
2842@end defmac
2843
2844@hook TARGET_STACK_CLASH_PROTECTION_FINAL_DYNAMIC_PROBE
2845
2846@need 2000
2847@node Frame Registers
2848@subsection Registers That Address the Stack Frame
2849
2850@c prevent bad page break with this line
2851This discusses registers that address the stack frame.
2852
2853@defmac STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
2854The register number of the stack pointer register, which must also be a
2855fixed register according to @code{FIXED_REGISTERS}.  On most machines,
2856the hardware determines which register this is.
2857@end defmac
2858
2859@defmac FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2860The register number of the frame pointer register, which is used to
2861access automatic variables in the stack frame.  On some machines, the
2862hardware determines which register this is.  On other machines, you can
2863choose any register you wish for this purpose.
2864@end defmac
2865
2866@defmac HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2867On some machines the offset between the frame pointer and starting
2868offset of the automatic variables is not known until after register
2869allocation has been done (for example, because the saved registers are
2870between these two locations).  On those machines, define
2871@code{FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM} the number of a special, fixed register to
2872be used internally until the offset is known, and define
2873@code{HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM} to be the actual hard register number
2874used for the frame pointer.
2875
2876You should define this macro only in the very rare circumstances when it
2877is not possible to calculate the offset between the frame pointer and
2878the automatic variables until after register allocation has been
2879completed.  When this macro is defined, you must also indicate in your
2880definition of @code{ELIMINABLE_REGS} how to eliminate
2881@code{FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM} into either @code{HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM}
2882or @code{STACK_POINTER_REGNUM}.
2883
2884Do not define this macro if it would be the same as
2885@code{FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM}.
2886@end defmac
2887
2888@defmac ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
2889The register number of the arg pointer register, which is used to access
2890the function's argument list.  On some machines, this is the same as the
2891frame pointer register.  On some machines, the hardware determines which
2892register this is.  On other machines, you can choose any register you
2893wish for this purpose.  If this is not the same register as the frame
2894pointer register, then you must mark it as a fixed register according to
2895@code{FIXED_REGISTERS}, or arrange to be able to eliminate it
2896(@pxref{Elimination}).
2897@end defmac
2898
2899@defmac HARD_FRAME_POINTER_IS_FRAME_POINTER
2900Define this to a preprocessor constant that is nonzero if
2901@code{hard_frame_pointer_rtx} and @code{frame_pointer_rtx} should be
2902the same.  The default definition is @samp{(HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2903== FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM)}; you only need to define this macro if that
2904definition is not suitable for use in preprocessor conditionals.
2905@end defmac
2906
2907@defmac HARD_FRAME_POINTER_IS_ARG_POINTER
2908Define this to a preprocessor constant that is nonzero if
2909@code{hard_frame_pointer_rtx} and @code{arg_pointer_rtx} should be the
2910same.  The default definition is @samp{(HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM ==
2911ARG_POINTER_REGNUM)}; you only need to define this macro if that
2912definition is not suitable for use in preprocessor conditionals.
2913@end defmac
2914
2915@defmac RETURN_ADDRESS_POINTER_REGNUM
2916The register number of the return address pointer register, which is used to
2917access the current function's return address from the stack.  On some
2918machines, the return address is not at a fixed offset from the frame
2919pointer or stack pointer or argument pointer.  This register can be defined
2920to point to the return address on the stack, and then be converted by
2921@code{ELIMINABLE_REGS} into either the frame pointer or stack pointer.
2922
2923Do not define this macro unless there is no other way to get the return
2924address from the stack.
2925@end defmac
2926
2927@defmac STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM
2928@defmacx STATIC_CHAIN_INCOMING_REGNUM
2929Register numbers used for passing a function's static chain pointer.  If
2930register windows are used, the register number as seen by the called
2931function is @code{STATIC_CHAIN_INCOMING_REGNUM}, while the register
2932number as seen by the calling function is @code{STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM}.  If
2933these registers are the same, @code{STATIC_CHAIN_INCOMING_REGNUM} need
2934not be defined.
2935
2936The static chain register need not be a fixed register.
2937
2938If the static chain is passed in memory, these macros should not be
2939defined; instead, the @code{TARGET_STATIC_CHAIN} hook should be used.
2940@end defmac
2941
2942@hook TARGET_STATIC_CHAIN
2943
2944@defmac DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
2945This macro specifies the maximum number of hard registers that can be
2946saved in a call frame.  This is used to size data structures used in
2947DWARF2 exception handling.
2948
2949Prior to GCC 3.0, this macro was needed in order to establish a stable
2950exception handling ABI in the face of adding new hard registers for ISA
2951extensions.  In GCC 3.0 and later, the EH ABI is insulated from changes
2952in the number of hard registers.  Nevertheless, this macro can still be
2953used to reduce the runtime memory requirements of the exception handling
2954routines, which can be substantial if the ISA contains a lot of
2955registers that are not call-saved.
2956
2957If this macro is not defined, it defaults to
2958@code{FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER}.
2959@end defmac
2960
2961@defmac PRE_GCC3_DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
2962
2963This macro is similar to @code{DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS}, but is provided
2964for backward compatibility in pre GCC 3.0 compiled code.
2965
2966If this macro is not defined, it defaults to
2967@code{DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS}.
2968@end defmac
2969
2970@defmac DWARF_REG_TO_UNWIND_COLUMN (@var{regno})
2971
2972Define this macro if the target's representation for dwarf registers
2973is different than the internal representation for unwind column.
2974Given a dwarf register, this macro should return the internal unwind
2975column number to use instead.
2976@end defmac
2977
2978@defmac DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (@var{regno})
2979
2980Define this macro if the target's representation for dwarf registers
2981used in .eh_frame or .debug_frame is different from that used in other
2982debug info sections.  Given a GCC hard register number, this macro
2983should return the .eh_frame register number.  The default is
2984@code{DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (@var{regno})}.
2985
2986@end defmac
2987
2988@defmac DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (@var{regno}, @var{for_eh})
2989
2990Define this macro to map register numbers held in the call frame info
2991that GCC has collected using @code{DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM} to those that
2992should be output in .debug_frame (@code{@var{for_eh}} is zero) and
2993.eh_frame (@code{@var{for_eh}} is nonzero).  The default is to
2994return @code{@var{regno}}.
2995
2996@end defmac
2997
2998@defmac REG_VALUE_IN_UNWIND_CONTEXT
2999
3000Define this macro if the target stores register values as
3001@code{_Unwind_Word} type in unwind context.  It should be defined if
3002target register size is larger than the size of @code{void *}.  The
3003default is to store register values as @code{void *} type.
3004
3005@end defmac
3006
3007@defmac ASSUME_EXTENDED_UNWIND_CONTEXT
3008
3009Define this macro to be 1 if the target always uses extended unwind
3010context with version, args_size and by_value fields.  If it is undefined,
3011it will be defined to 1 when @code{REG_VALUE_IN_UNWIND_CONTEXT} is
3012defined and 0 otherwise.
3013
3014@end defmac
3015
3016@defmac DWARF_LAZY_REGISTER_VALUE (@var{regno}, @var{value})
3017Define this macro if the target has pseudo DWARF registers whose
3018values need to be computed lazily on demand by the unwinder (such as when
3019referenced in a CFA expression).  The macro returns true if @var{regno}
3020is such a register and stores its value in @samp{*@var{value}} if so.
3021@end defmac
3022
3023@node Elimination
3024@subsection Eliminating Frame Pointer and Arg Pointer
3025
3026@c prevent bad page break with this line
3027This is about eliminating the frame pointer and arg pointer.
3028
3029@hook TARGET_FRAME_POINTER_REQUIRED
3030
3031@defmac ELIMINABLE_REGS
3032This macro specifies a table of register pairs used to eliminate
3033unneeded registers that point into the stack frame.
3034
3035The definition of this macro is a list of structure initializations, each
3036of which specifies an original and replacement register.
3037
3038On some machines, the position of the argument pointer is not known until
3039the compilation is completed.  In such a case, a separate hard register
3040must be used for the argument pointer.  This register can be eliminated by
3041replacing it with either the frame pointer or the argument pointer,
3042depending on whether or not the frame pointer has been eliminated.
3043
3044In this case, you might specify:
3045@smallexample
3046#define ELIMINABLE_REGS  \
3047@{@{ARG_POINTER_REGNUM, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM@}, \
3048 @{ARG_POINTER_REGNUM, FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM@}, \
3049 @{FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM@}@}
3050@end smallexample
3051
3052Note that the elimination of the argument pointer with the stack pointer is
3053specified first since that is the preferred elimination.
3054@end defmac
3055
3056@hook TARGET_CAN_ELIMINATE
3057
3058@defmac INITIAL_ELIMINATION_OFFSET (@var{from-reg}, @var{to-reg}, @var{offset-var})
3059This macro returns the initial difference between the specified pair
3060of registers.  The value would be computed from information
3061such as the result of @code{get_frame_size ()} and the tables of
3062registers @code{df_regs_ever_live_p} and @code{call_used_regs}.
3063@end defmac
3064
3065@hook TARGET_COMPUTE_FRAME_LAYOUT
3066
3067@node Stack Arguments
3068@subsection Passing Function Arguments on the Stack
3069@cindex arguments on stack
3070@cindex stack arguments
3071
3072The macros in this section control how arguments are passed
3073on the stack.  See the following section for other macros that
3074control passing certain arguments in registers.
3075
3076@hook TARGET_PROMOTE_PROTOTYPES
3077
3078@defmac PUSH_ARGS
3079A C expression.  If nonzero, push insns will be used to pass
3080outgoing arguments.
3081If the target machine does not have a push instruction, set it to zero.
3082That directs GCC to use an alternate strategy: to
3083allocate the entire argument block and then store the arguments into
3084it.  When @code{PUSH_ARGS} is nonzero, @code{PUSH_ROUNDING} must be defined too.
3085@end defmac
3086
3087@defmac PUSH_ARGS_REVERSED
3088A C expression.  If nonzero, function arguments will be evaluated from
3089last to first, rather than from first to last.  If this macro is not
3090defined, it defaults to @code{PUSH_ARGS} on targets where the stack
3091and args grow in opposite directions, and 0 otherwise.
3092@end defmac
3093
3094@defmac PUSH_ROUNDING (@var{npushed})
3095A C expression that is the number of bytes actually pushed onto the
3096stack when an instruction attempts to push @var{npushed} bytes.
3097
3098On some machines, the definition
3099
3100@smallexample
3101#define PUSH_ROUNDING(BYTES) (BYTES)
3102@end smallexample
3103
3104@noindent
3105will suffice.  But on other machines, instructions that appear
3106to push one byte actually push two bytes in an attempt to maintain
3107alignment.  Then the definition should be
3108
3109@smallexample
3110#define PUSH_ROUNDING(BYTES) (((BYTES) + 1) & ~1)
3111@end smallexample
3112
3113If the value of this macro has a type, it should be an unsigned type.
3114@end defmac
3115
3116@findex outgoing_args_size
3117@findex crtl->outgoing_args_size
3118@defmac ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS
3119A C expression.  If nonzero, the maximum amount of space required for outgoing arguments
3120will be computed and placed into
3121@code{crtl->outgoing_args_size}.  No space will be pushed
3122onto the stack for each call; instead, the function prologue should
3123increase the stack frame size by this amount.
3124
3125Setting both @code{PUSH_ARGS} and @code{ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS}
3126is not proper.
3127@end defmac
3128
3129@defmac REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE (@var{fndecl})
3130Define this macro if functions should assume that stack space has been
3131allocated for arguments even when their values are passed in
3132registers.
3133
3134The value of this macro is the size, in bytes, of the area reserved for
3135arguments passed in registers for the function represented by @var{fndecl},
3136which can be zero if GCC is calling a library function.
3137The argument @var{fndecl} can be the FUNCTION_DECL, or the type itself
3138of the function.
3139
3140This space can be allocated by the caller, or be a part of the
3141machine-dependent stack frame: @code{OUTGOING_REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE} says
3142which.
3143@end defmac
3144@c above is overfull.  not sure what to do.  --mew 5feb93  did
3145@c something, not sure if it looks good.  --mew 10feb93
3146
3147@defmac INCOMING_REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE (@var{fndecl})
3148Like @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE}, but for incoming register arguments.
3149Define this macro if space guaranteed when compiling a function body
3150is different to space required when making a call, a situation that
3151can arise with K&R style function definitions.
3152@end defmac
3153
3154@defmac OUTGOING_REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE (@var{fntype})
3155Define this to a nonzero value if it is the responsibility of the
3156caller to allocate the area reserved for arguments passed in registers
3157when calling a function of @var{fntype}.  @var{fntype} may be NULL
3158if the function called is a library function.
3159
3160If @code{ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS} is defined, this macro controls
3161whether the space for these arguments counts in the value of
3162@code{crtl->outgoing_args_size}.
3163@end defmac
3164
3165@defmac STACK_PARMS_IN_REG_PARM_AREA
3166Define this macro if @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE} is defined, but the
3167stack parameters don't skip the area specified by it.
3168@c i changed this, makes more sens and it should have taken care of the
3169@c overfull.. not as specific, tho.  --mew 5feb93
3170
3171Normally, when a parameter is not passed in registers, it is placed on the
3172stack beyond the @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE} area.  Defining this macro
3173suppresses this behavior and causes the parameter to be passed on the
3174stack in its natural location.
3175@end defmac
3176
3177@hook TARGET_RETURN_POPS_ARGS
3178
3179@defmac CALL_POPS_ARGS (@var{cum})
3180A C expression that should indicate the number of bytes a call sequence
3181pops off the stack.  It is added to the value of @code{RETURN_POPS_ARGS}
3182when compiling a function call.
3183
3184@var{cum} is the variable in which all arguments to the called function
3185have been accumulated.
3186
3187On certain architectures, such as the SH5, a call trampoline is used
3188that pops certain registers off the stack, depending on the arguments
3189that have been passed to the function.  Since this is a property of the
3190call site, not of the called function, @code{RETURN_POPS_ARGS} is not
3191appropriate.
3192@end defmac
3193
3194@node Register Arguments
3195@subsection Passing Arguments in Registers
3196@cindex arguments in registers
3197@cindex registers arguments
3198
3199This section describes the macros which let you control how various
3200types of arguments are passed in registers or how they are arranged in
3201the stack.
3202
3203@hook TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG
3204
3205@hook TARGET_MUST_PASS_IN_STACK
3206
3207@hook TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG
3208
3209@hook TARGET_USE_PSEUDO_PIC_REG
3210
3211@hook TARGET_INIT_PIC_REG
3212
3213@hook TARGET_ARG_PARTIAL_BYTES
3214
3215@hook TARGET_PASS_BY_REFERENCE
3216
3217@hook TARGET_CALLEE_COPIES
3218
3219@defmac CUMULATIVE_ARGS
3220A C type for declaring a variable that is used as the first argument
3221of @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} and other related values.  For some
3222target machines, the type @code{int} suffices and can hold the number
3223of bytes of argument so far.
3224
3225There is no need to record in @code{CUMULATIVE_ARGS} anything about the
3226arguments that have been passed on the stack.  The compiler has other
3227variables to keep track of that.  For target machines on which all
3228arguments are passed on the stack, there is no need to store anything in
3229@code{CUMULATIVE_ARGS}; however, the data structure must exist and
3230should not be empty, so use @code{int}.
3231@end defmac
3232
3233@defmac OVERRIDE_ABI_FORMAT (@var{fndecl})
3234If defined, this macro is called before generating any code for a
3235function, but after the @var{cfun} descriptor for the function has been
3236created.  The back end may use this macro to update @var{cfun} to
3237reflect an ABI other than that which would normally be used by default.
3238If the compiler is generating code for a compiler-generated function,
3239@var{fndecl} may be @code{NULL}.
3240@end defmac
3241
3242@defmac INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS (@var{cum}, @var{fntype}, @var{libname}, @var{fndecl}, @var{n_named_args})
3243A C statement (sans semicolon) for initializing the variable
3244@var{cum} for the state at the beginning of the argument list.  The
3245variable has type @code{CUMULATIVE_ARGS}.  The value of @var{fntype}
3246is the tree node for the data type of the function which will receive
3247the args, or 0 if the args are to a compiler support library function.
3248For direct calls that are not libcalls, @var{fndecl} contain the
3249declaration node of the function.  @var{fndecl} is also set when
3250@code{INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS} is used to find arguments for the function
3251being compiled.  @var{n_named_args} is set to the number of named
3252arguments, including a structure return address if it is passed as a
3253parameter, when making a call.  When processing incoming arguments,
3254@var{n_named_args} is set to @minus{}1.
3255
3256When processing a call to a compiler support library function,
3257@var{libname} identifies which one.  It is a @code{symbol_ref} rtx which
3258contains the name of the function, as a string.  @var{libname} is 0 when
3259an ordinary C function call is being processed.  Thus, each time this
3260macro is called, either @var{libname} or @var{fntype} is nonzero, but
3261never both of them at once.
3262@end defmac
3263
3264@defmac INIT_CUMULATIVE_LIBCALL_ARGS (@var{cum}, @var{mode}, @var{libname})
3265Like @code{INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS} but only used for outgoing libcalls,
3266it gets a @code{MODE} argument instead of @var{fntype}, that would be
3267@code{NULL}.  @var{indirect} would always be zero, too.  If this macro
3268is not defined, @code{INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS (cum, NULL_RTX, libname,
32690)} is used instead.
3270@end defmac
3271
3272@defmac INIT_CUMULATIVE_INCOMING_ARGS (@var{cum}, @var{fntype}, @var{libname})
3273Like @code{INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS} but overrides it for the purposes of
3274finding the arguments for the function being compiled.  If this macro is
3275undefined, @code{INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS} is used instead.
3276
3277The value passed for @var{libname} is always 0, since library routines
3278with special calling conventions are never compiled with GCC@.  The
3279argument @var{libname} exists for symmetry with
3280@code{INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS}.
3281@c could use "this macro" in place of @code{INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS}, maybe.
3282@c --mew 5feb93   i switched the order of the sentences.  --mew 10feb93
3283@end defmac
3284
3285@hook TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG_ADVANCE
3286
3287@hook TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG_OFFSET
3288
3289@hook TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG_PADDING
3290
3291@defmac PAD_VARARGS_DOWN
3292If defined, a C expression which determines whether the default
3293implementation of va_arg will attempt to pad down before reading the
3294next argument, if that argument is smaller than its aligned space as
3295controlled by @code{PARM_BOUNDARY}.  If this macro is not defined, all such
3296arguments are padded down if @code{BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN} is true.
3297@end defmac
3298
3299@defmac BLOCK_REG_PADDING (@var{mode}, @var{type}, @var{first})
3300Specify padding for the last element of a block move between registers and
3301memory.  @var{first} is nonzero if this is the only element.  Defining this
3302macro allows better control of register function parameters on big-endian
3303machines, without using @code{PARALLEL} rtl.  In particular,
3304@code{MUST_PASS_IN_STACK} need not test padding and mode of types in
3305registers, as there is no longer a "wrong" part of a register;  For example,
3306a three byte aggregate may be passed in the high part of a register if so
3307required.
3308@end defmac
3309
3310@hook TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG_BOUNDARY
3311
3312@hook TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG_ROUND_BOUNDARY
3313
3314@defmac FUNCTION_ARG_REGNO_P (@var{regno})
3315A C expression that is nonzero if @var{regno} is the number of a hard
3316register in which function arguments are sometimes passed.  This does
3317@emph{not} include implicit arguments such as the static chain and
3318the structure-value address.  On many machines, no registers can be
3319used for this purpose since all function arguments are pushed on the
3320stack.
3321@end defmac
3322
3323@hook TARGET_SPLIT_COMPLEX_ARG
3324
3325@hook TARGET_BUILD_BUILTIN_VA_LIST
3326
3327@hook TARGET_ENUM_VA_LIST_P
3328
3329@hook TARGET_FN_ABI_VA_LIST
3330
3331@hook TARGET_CANONICAL_VA_LIST_TYPE
3332
3333@hook TARGET_GIMPLIFY_VA_ARG_EXPR
3334
3335@hook TARGET_VALID_POINTER_MODE
3336
3337@hook TARGET_REF_MAY_ALIAS_ERRNO
3338
3339@hook TARGET_SCALAR_MODE_SUPPORTED_P
3340
3341@hook TARGET_VECTOR_MODE_SUPPORTED_P
3342
3343@hook TARGET_ARRAY_MODE
3344
3345@hook TARGET_ARRAY_MODE_SUPPORTED_P
3346
3347@hook TARGET_LIBGCC_FLOATING_MODE_SUPPORTED_P
3348
3349@hook TARGET_FLOATN_MODE
3350
3351@hook TARGET_FLOATN_BUILTIN_P
3352
3353@hook TARGET_SMALL_REGISTER_CLASSES_FOR_MODE_P
3354
3355@node Scalar Return
3356@subsection How Scalar Function Values Are Returned
3357@cindex return values in registers
3358@cindex values, returned by functions
3359@cindex scalars, returned as values
3360
3361This section discusses the macros that control returning scalars as
3362values---values that can fit in registers.
3363
3364@hook TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE
3365
3366@defmac FUNCTION_VALUE (@var{valtype}, @var{func})
3367This macro has been deprecated.  Use @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} for
3368a new target instead.
3369@end defmac
3370
3371@defmac LIBCALL_VALUE (@var{mode})
3372A C expression to create an RTX representing the place where a library
3373function returns a value of mode @var{mode}.
3374
3375Note that ``library function'' in this context means a compiler
3376support routine, used to perform arithmetic, whose name is known
3377specially by the compiler and was not mentioned in the C code being
3378compiled.
3379@end defmac
3380
3381@hook TARGET_LIBCALL_VALUE
3382
3383@defmac FUNCTION_VALUE_REGNO_P (@var{regno})
3384A C expression that is nonzero if @var{regno} is the number of a hard
3385register in which the values of called function may come back.
3386
3387A register whose use for returning values is limited to serving as the
3388second of a pair (for a value of type @code{double}, say) need not be
3389recognized by this macro.  So for most machines, this definition
3390suffices:
3391
3392@smallexample
3393#define FUNCTION_VALUE_REGNO_P(N) ((N) == 0)
3394@end smallexample
3395
3396If the machine has register windows, so that the caller and the called
3397function use different registers for the return value, this macro
3398should recognize only the caller's register numbers.
3399
3400This macro has been deprecated.  Use @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE_REGNO_P}
3401for a new target instead.
3402@end defmac
3403
3404@hook TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE_REGNO_P
3405
3406@defmac APPLY_RESULT_SIZE
3407Define this macro if @samp{untyped_call} and @samp{untyped_return}
3408need more space than is implied by @code{FUNCTION_VALUE_REGNO_P} for
3409saving and restoring an arbitrary return value.
3410@end defmac
3411
3412@hook TARGET_OMIT_STRUCT_RETURN_REG
3413
3414@hook TARGET_RETURN_IN_MSB
3415
3416@node Aggregate Return
3417@subsection How Large Values Are Returned
3418@cindex aggregates as return values
3419@cindex large return values
3420@cindex returning aggregate values
3421@cindex structure value address
3422
3423When a function value's mode is @code{BLKmode} (and in some other
3424cases), the value is not returned according to
3425@code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} (@pxref{Scalar Return}).  Instead, the
3426caller passes the address of a block of memory in which the value
3427should be stored.  This address is called the @dfn{structure value
3428address}.
3429
3430This section describes how to control returning structure values in
3431memory.
3432
3433@hook TARGET_RETURN_IN_MEMORY
3434
3435@defmac DEFAULT_PCC_STRUCT_RETURN
3436Define this macro to be 1 if all structure and union return values must be
3437in memory.  Since this results in slower code, this should be defined
3438only if needed for compatibility with other compilers or with an ABI@.
3439If you define this macro to be 0, then the conventions used for structure
3440and union return values are decided by the @code{TARGET_RETURN_IN_MEMORY}
3441target hook.
3442
3443If not defined, this defaults to the value 1.
3444@end defmac
3445
3446@hook TARGET_STRUCT_VALUE_RTX
3447
3448@defmac PCC_STATIC_STRUCT_RETURN
3449Define this macro if the usual system convention on the target machine
3450for returning structures and unions is for the called function to return
3451the address of a static variable containing the value.
3452
3453Do not define this if the usual system convention is for the caller to
3454pass an address to the subroutine.
3455
3456This macro has effect in @option{-fpcc-struct-return} mode, but it does
3457nothing when you use @option{-freg-struct-return} mode.
3458@end defmac
3459
3460@hook TARGET_GET_RAW_RESULT_MODE
3461
3462@hook TARGET_GET_RAW_ARG_MODE
3463
3464@hook TARGET_EMPTY_RECORD_P
3465
3466@hook TARGET_WARN_PARAMETER_PASSING_ABI
3467
3468@node Caller Saves
3469@subsection Caller-Saves Register Allocation
3470
3471If you enable it, GCC can save registers around function calls.  This
3472makes it possible to use call-clobbered registers to hold variables that
3473must live across calls.
3474
3475@defmac HARD_REGNO_CALLER_SAVE_MODE (@var{regno}, @var{nregs})
3476A C expression specifying which mode is required for saving @var{nregs}
3477of a pseudo-register in call-clobbered hard register @var{regno}.  If
3478@var{regno} is unsuitable for caller save, @code{VOIDmode} should be
3479returned.  For most machines this macro need not be defined since GCC
3480will select the smallest suitable mode.
3481@end defmac
3482
3483@node Function Entry
3484@subsection Function Entry and Exit
3485@cindex function entry and exit
3486@cindex prologue
3487@cindex epilogue
3488
3489This section describes the macros that output function entry
3490(@dfn{prologue}) and exit (@dfn{epilogue}) code.
3491
3492@hook TARGET_ASM_PRINT_PATCHABLE_FUNCTION_ENTRY
3493
3494@hook TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE
3495
3496@hook TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_END_PROLOGUE
3497
3498@hook TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_BEGIN_EPILOGUE
3499
3500@hook TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE
3501
3502@itemize @bullet
3503@item
3504@findex pretend_args_size
3505@findex crtl->args.pretend_args_size
3506A region of @code{crtl->args.pretend_args_size} bytes of
3507uninitialized space just underneath the first argument arriving on the
3508stack.  (This may not be at the very start of the allocated stack region
3509if the calling sequence has pushed anything else since pushing the stack
3510arguments.  But usually, on such machines, nothing else has been pushed
3511yet, because the function prologue itself does all the pushing.)  This
3512region is used on machines where an argument may be passed partly in
3513registers and partly in memory, and, in some cases to support the
3514features in @code{<stdarg.h>}.
3515
3516@item
3517An area of memory used to save certain registers used by the function.
3518The size of this area, which may also include space for such things as
3519the return address and pointers to previous stack frames, is
3520machine-specific and usually depends on which registers have been used
3521in the function.  Machines with register windows often do not require
3522a save area.
3523
3524@item
3525A region of at least @var{size} bytes, possibly rounded up to an allocation
3526boundary, to contain the local variables of the function.  On some machines,
3527this region and the save area may occur in the opposite order, with the
3528save area closer to the top of the stack.
3529
3530@item
3531@cindex @code{ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS} and stack frames
3532Optionally, when @code{ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS} is defined, a region of
3533@code{crtl->outgoing_args_size} bytes to be used for outgoing
3534argument lists of the function.  @xref{Stack Arguments}.
3535@end itemize
3536
3537@defmac EXIT_IGNORE_STACK
3538Define this macro as a C expression that is nonzero if the return
3539instruction or the function epilogue ignores the value of the stack
3540pointer; in other words, if it is safe to delete an instruction to
3541adjust the stack pointer before a return from the function.  The
3542default is 0.
3543
3544Note that this macro's value is relevant only for functions for which
3545frame pointers are maintained.  It is never safe to delete a final
3546stack adjustment in a function that has no frame pointer, and the
3547compiler knows this regardless of @code{EXIT_IGNORE_STACK}.
3548@end defmac
3549
3550@defmac EPILOGUE_USES (@var{regno})
3551Define this macro as a C expression that is nonzero for registers that are
3552used by the epilogue or the @samp{return} pattern.  The stack and frame
3553pointer registers are already assumed to be used as needed.
3554@end defmac
3555
3556@defmac EH_USES (@var{regno})
3557Define this macro as a C expression that is nonzero for registers that are
3558used by the exception handling mechanism, and so should be considered live
3559on entry to an exception edge.
3560@end defmac
3561
3562@hook TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_MI_THUNK
3563
3564@hook TARGET_ASM_CAN_OUTPUT_MI_THUNK
3565
3566@node Profiling
3567@subsection Generating Code for Profiling
3568@cindex profiling, code generation
3569
3570These macros will help you generate code for profiling.
3571
3572@defmac FUNCTION_PROFILER (@var{file}, @var{labelno})
3573A C statement or compound statement to output to @var{file} some
3574assembler code to call the profiling subroutine @code{mcount}.
3575
3576@findex mcount
3577The details of how @code{mcount} expects to be called are determined by
3578your operating system environment, not by GCC@.  To figure them out,
3579compile a small program for profiling using the system's installed C
3580compiler and look at the assembler code that results.
3581
3582Older implementations of @code{mcount} expect the address of a counter
3583variable to be loaded into some register.  The name of this variable is
3584@samp{LP} followed by the number @var{labelno}, so you would generate
3585the name using @samp{LP%d} in a @code{fprintf}.
3586@end defmac
3587
3588@defmac PROFILE_HOOK
3589A C statement or compound statement to output to @var{file} some assembly
3590code to call the profiling subroutine @code{mcount} even the target does
3591not support profiling.
3592@end defmac
3593
3594@defmac NO_PROFILE_COUNTERS
3595Define this macro to be an expression with a nonzero value if the
3596@code{mcount} subroutine on your system does not need a counter variable
3597allocated for each function.  This is true for almost all modern
3598implementations.  If you define this macro, you must not use the
3599@var{labelno} argument to @code{FUNCTION_PROFILER}.
3600@end defmac
3601
3602@defmac PROFILE_BEFORE_PROLOGUE
3603Define this macro if the code for function profiling should come before
3604the function prologue.  Normally, the profiling code comes after.
3605@end defmac
3606
3607@hook TARGET_KEEP_LEAF_WHEN_PROFILED
3608
3609@node Tail Calls
3610@subsection Permitting tail calls
3611@cindex tail calls
3612
3613@hook TARGET_FUNCTION_OK_FOR_SIBCALL
3614
3615@hook TARGET_EXTRA_LIVE_ON_ENTRY
3616
3617@hook TARGET_SET_UP_BY_PROLOGUE
3618
3619@hook TARGET_WARN_FUNC_RETURN
3620
3621@node Shrink-wrapping separate components
3622@subsection Shrink-wrapping separate components
3623@cindex shrink-wrapping separate components
3624
3625The prologue may perform a variety of target dependent tasks such as
3626saving callee-saved registers, saving the return address, aligning the
3627stack, creating a stack frame, initializing the PIC register, setting
3628up the static chain, etc.
3629
3630On some targets some of these tasks may be independent of others and
3631thus may be shrink-wrapped separately.  These independent tasks are
3632referred to as components and are handled generically by the target
3633independent parts of GCC.
3634
3635Using the following hooks those prologue or epilogue components can be
3636shrink-wrapped separately, so that the initialization (and possibly
3637teardown) those components do is not done as frequently on execution
3638paths where this would unnecessary.
3639
3640What exactly those components are is up to the target code; the generic
3641code treats them abstractly, as a bit in an @code{sbitmap}.  These
3642@code{sbitmap}s are allocated by the @code{shrink_wrap.get_separate_components}
3643and @code{shrink_wrap.components_for_bb} hooks, and deallocated by the
3644generic code.
3645
3646@hook TARGET_SHRINK_WRAP_GET_SEPARATE_COMPONENTS
3647
3648@hook TARGET_SHRINK_WRAP_COMPONENTS_FOR_BB
3649
3650@hook TARGET_SHRINK_WRAP_DISQUALIFY_COMPONENTS
3651
3652@hook TARGET_SHRINK_WRAP_EMIT_PROLOGUE_COMPONENTS
3653
3654@hook TARGET_SHRINK_WRAP_EMIT_EPILOGUE_COMPONENTS
3655
3656@hook TARGET_SHRINK_WRAP_SET_HANDLED_COMPONENTS
3657
3658@node Stack Smashing Protection
3659@subsection Stack smashing protection
3660@cindex stack smashing protection
3661
3662@hook TARGET_STACK_PROTECT_GUARD
3663
3664@hook TARGET_STACK_PROTECT_FAIL
3665
3666@hook TARGET_STACK_PROTECT_RUNTIME_ENABLED_P
3667
3668@hook TARGET_SUPPORTS_SPLIT_STACK
3669
3670@node Miscellaneous Register Hooks
3671@subsection Miscellaneous register hooks
3672@cindex miscellaneous register hooks
3673
3674@hook TARGET_CALL_FUSAGE_CONTAINS_NON_CALLEE_CLOBBERS
3675
3676@node Varargs
3677@section Implementing the Varargs Macros
3678@cindex varargs implementation
3679
3680GCC comes with an implementation of @code{<varargs.h>} and
3681@code{<stdarg.h>} that work without change on machines that pass arguments
3682on the stack.  Other machines require their own implementations of
3683varargs, and the two machine independent header files must have
3684conditionals to include it.
3685
3686ISO @code{<stdarg.h>} differs from traditional @code{<varargs.h>} mainly in
3687the calling convention for @code{va_start}.  The traditional
3688implementation takes just one argument, which is the variable in which
3689to store the argument pointer.  The ISO implementation of
3690@code{va_start} takes an additional second argument.  The user is
3691supposed to write the last named argument of the function here.
3692
3693However, @code{va_start} should not use this argument.  The way to find
3694the end of the named arguments is with the built-in functions described
3695below.
3696
3697@defmac __builtin_saveregs ()
3698Use this built-in function to save the argument registers in memory so
3699that the varargs mechanism can access them.  Both ISO and traditional
3700versions of @code{va_start} must use @code{__builtin_saveregs}, unless
3701you use @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} (see below) instead.
3702
3703On some machines, @code{__builtin_saveregs} is open-coded under the
3704control of the target hook @code{TARGET_EXPAND_BUILTIN_SAVEREGS}.  On
3705other machines, it calls a routine written in assembler language,
3706found in @file{libgcc2.c}.
3707
3708Code generated for the call to @code{__builtin_saveregs} appears at the
3709beginning of the function, as opposed to where the call to
3710@code{__builtin_saveregs} is written, regardless of what the code is.
3711This is because the registers must be saved before the function starts
3712to use them for its own purposes.
3713@c i rewrote the first sentence above to fix an overfull hbox. --mew
3714@c 10feb93
3715@end defmac
3716
3717@defmac __builtin_next_arg (@var{lastarg})
3718This builtin returns the address of the first anonymous stack
3719argument, as type @code{void *}.  If @code{ARGS_GROW_DOWNWARD}, it
3720returns the address of the location above the first anonymous stack
3721argument.  Use it in @code{va_start} to initialize the pointer for
3722fetching arguments from the stack.  Also use it in @code{va_start} to
3723verify that the second parameter @var{lastarg} is the last named argument
3724of the current function.
3725@end defmac
3726
3727@defmac __builtin_classify_type (@var{object})
3728Since each machine has its own conventions for which data types are
3729passed in which kind of register, your implementation of @code{va_arg}
3730has to embody these conventions.  The easiest way to categorize the
3731specified data type is to use @code{__builtin_classify_type} together
3732with @code{sizeof} and @code{__alignof__}.
3733
3734@code{__builtin_classify_type} ignores the value of @var{object},
3735considering only its data type.  It returns an integer describing what
3736kind of type that is---integer, floating, pointer, structure, and so on.
3737
3738The file @file{typeclass.h} defines an enumeration that you can use to
3739interpret the values of @code{__builtin_classify_type}.
3740@end defmac
3741
3742These machine description macros help implement varargs:
3743
3744@hook TARGET_EXPAND_BUILTIN_SAVEREGS
3745
3746@hook TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS
3747
3748@hook TARGET_STRICT_ARGUMENT_NAMING
3749
3750@hook TARGET_CALL_ARGS
3751
3752@hook TARGET_END_CALL_ARGS
3753
3754@hook TARGET_PRETEND_OUTGOING_VARARGS_NAMED
3755
3756@hook TARGET_LOAD_BOUNDS_FOR_ARG
3757
3758@hook TARGET_STORE_BOUNDS_FOR_ARG
3759
3760@hook TARGET_LOAD_RETURNED_BOUNDS
3761
3762@hook TARGET_STORE_RETURNED_BOUNDS
3763
3764@hook TARGET_CHKP_FUNCTION_VALUE_BOUNDS
3765
3766@hook TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARG_BOUNDS
3767
3768@node Trampolines
3769@section Trampolines for Nested Functions
3770@cindex trampolines for nested functions
3771@cindex nested functions, trampolines for
3772
3773A @dfn{trampoline} is a small piece of code that is created at run time
3774when the address of a nested function is taken.  It normally resides on
3775the stack, in the stack frame of the containing function.  These macros
3776tell GCC how to generate code to allocate and initialize a
3777trampoline.
3778
3779The instructions in the trampoline must do two things: load a constant
3780address into the static chain register, and jump to the real address of
3781the nested function.  On CISC machines such as the m68k, this requires
3782two instructions, a move immediate and a jump.  Then the two addresses
3783exist in the trampoline as word-long immediate operands.  On RISC
3784machines, it is often necessary to load each address into a register in
3785two parts.  Then pieces of each address form separate immediate
3786operands.
3787
3788The code generated to initialize the trampoline must store the variable
3789parts---the static chain value and the function address---into the
3790immediate operands of the instructions.  On a CISC machine, this is
3791simply a matter of copying each address to a memory reference at the
3792proper offset from the start of the trampoline.  On a RISC machine, it
3793may be necessary to take out pieces of the address and store them
3794separately.
3795
3796@hook TARGET_ASM_TRAMPOLINE_TEMPLATE
3797
3798@defmac TRAMPOLINE_SECTION
3799Return the section into which the trampoline template is to be placed
3800(@pxref{Sections}).  The default value is @code{readonly_data_section}.
3801@end defmac
3802
3803@defmac TRAMPOLINE_SIZE
3804A C expression for the size in bytes of the trampoline, as an integer.
3805@end defmac
3806
3807@defmac TRAMPOLINE_ALIGNMENT
3808Alignment required for trampolines, in bits.
3809
3810If you don't define this macro, the value of @code{FUNCTION_ALIGNMENT}
3811is used for aligning trampolines.
3812@end defmac
3813
3814@hook TARGET_TRAMPOLINE_INIT
3815
3816@hook TARGET_TRAMPOLINE_ADJUST_ADDRESS
3817
3818@hook TARGET_CUSTOM_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTORS
3819
3820Implementing trampolines is difficult on many machines because they have
3821separate instruction and data caches.  Writing into a stack location
3822fails to clear the memory in the instruction cache, so when the program
3823jumps to that location, it executes the old contents.
3824
3825Here are two possible solutions.  One is to clear the relevant parts of
3826the instruction cache whenever a trampoline is set up.  The other is to
3827make all trampolines identical, by having them jump to a standard
3828subroutine.  The former technique makes trampoline execution faster; the
3829latter makes initialization faster.
3830
3831To clear the instruction cache when a trampoline is initialized, define
3832the following macro.
3833
3834@defmac CLEAR_INSN_CACHE (@var{beg}, @var{end})
3835If defined, expands to a C expression clearing the @emph{instruction
3836cache} in the specified interval.  The definition of this macro would
3837typically be a series of @code{asm} statements.  Both @var{beg} and
3838@var{end} are both pointer expressions.
3839@end defmac
3840
3841To use a standard subroutine, define the following macro.  In addition,
3842you must make sure that the instructions in a trampoline fill an entire
3843cache line with identical instructions, or else ensure that the
3844beginning of the trampoline code is always aligned at the same point in
3845its cache line.  Look in @file{m68k.h} as a guide.
3846
3847@defmac TRANSFER_FROM_TRAMPOLINE
3848Define this macro if trampolines need a special subroutine to do their
3849work.  The macro should expand to a series of @code{asm} statements
3850which will be compiled with GCC@.  They go in a library function named
3851@code{__transfer_from_trampoline}.
3852
3853If you need to avoid executing the ordinary prologue code of a compiled
3854C function when you jump to the subroutine, you can do so by placing a
3855special label of your own in the assembler code.  Use one @code{asm}
3856statement to generate an assembler label, and another to make the label
3857global.  Then trampolines can use that label to jump directly to your
3858special assembler code.
3859@end defmac
3860
3861@node Library Calls
3862@section Implicit Calls to Library Routines
3863@cindex library subroutine names
3864@cindex @file{libgcc.a}
3865
3866@c prevent bad page break with this line
3867Here is an explanation of implicit calls to library routines.
3868
3869@defmac DECLARE_LIBRARY_RENAMES
3870This macro, if defined, should expand to a piece of C code that will get
3871expanded when compiling functions for libgcc.a.  It can be used to
3872provide alternate names for GCC's internal library functions if there
3873are ABI-mandated names that the compiler should provide.
3874@end defmac
3875
3876@findex set_optab_libfunc
3877@findex init_one_libfunc
3878@hook TARGET_INIT_LIBFUNCS
3879
3880@hook TARGET_LIBFUNC_GNU_PREFIX
3881
3882@defmac FLOAT_LIB_COMPARE_RETURNS_BOOL (@var{mode}, @var{comparison})
3883This macro should return @code{true} if the library routine that
3884implements the floating point comparison operator @var{comparison} in
3885mode @var{mode} will return a boolean, and @var{false} if it will
3886return a tristate.
3887
3888GCC's own floating point libraries return tristates from the
3889comparison operators, so the default returns false always.  Most ports
3890don't need to define this macro.
3891@end defmac
3892
3893@defmac TARGET_LIB_INT_CMP_BIASED
3894This macro should evaluate to @code{true} if the integer comparison
3895functions (like @code{__cmpdi2}) return 0 to indicate that the first
3896operand is smaller than the second, 1 to indicate that they are equal,
3897and 2 to indicate that the first operand is greater than the second.
3898If this macro evaluates to @code{false} the comparison functions return
3899@minus{}1, 0, and 1 instead of 0, 1, and 2.  If the target uses the routines
3900in @file{libgcc.a}, you do not need to define this macro.
3901@end defmac
3902
3903@defmac TARGET_HAS_NO_HW_DIVIDE
3904This macro should be defined if the target has no hardware divide
3905instructions.  If this macro is defined, GCC will use an algorithm which
3906make use of simple logical and arithmetic operations for 64-bit
3907division.  If the macro is not defined, GCC will use an algorithm which
3908make use of a 64-bit by 32-bit divide primitive.
3909@end defmac
3910
3911@cindex @code{EDOM}, implicit usage
3912@findex matherr
3913@defmac TARGET_EDOM
3914The value of @code{EDOM} on the target machine, as a C integer constant
3915expression.  If you don't define this macro, GCC does not attempt to
3916deposit the value of @code{EDOM} into @code{errno} directly.  Look in
3917@file{/usr/include/errno.h} to find the value of @code{EDOM} on your
3918system.
3919
3920If you do not define @code{TARGET_EDOM}, then compiled code reports
3921domain errors by calling the library function and letting it report the
3922error.  If mathematical functions on your system use @code{matherr} when
3923there is an error, then you should leave @code{TARGET_EDOM} undefined so
3924that @code{matherr} is used normally.
3925@end defmac
3926
3927@cindex @code{errno}, implicit usage
3928@defmac GEN_ERRNO_RTX
3929Define this macro as a C expression to create an rtl expression that
3930refers to the global ``variable'' @code{errno}.  (On certain systems,
3931@code{errno} may not actually be a variable.)  If you don't define this
3932macro, a reasonable default is used.
3933@end defmac
3934
3935@hook TARGET_LIBC_HAS_FUNCTION
3936
3937@defmac NEXT_OBJC_RUNTIME
3938Set this macro to 1 to use the "NeXT" Objective-C message sending conventions
3939by default.  This calling convention involves passing the object, the selector
3940and the method arguments all at once to the method-lookup library function.
3941This is the usual setting when targeting Darwin/Mac OS X systems, which have
3942the NeXT runtime installed.
3943
3944If the macro is set to 0, the "GNU" Objective-C message sending convention
3945will be used by default.  This convention passes just the object and the
3946selector to the method-lookup function, which returns a pointer to the method.
3947
3948In either case, it remains possible to select code-generation for the alternate
3949scheme, by means of compiler command line switches.
3950@end defmac
3951
3952@node Addressing Modes
3953@section Addressing Modes
3954@cindex addressing modes
3955
3956@c prevent bad page break with this line
3957This is about addressing modes.
3958
3959@defmac HAVE_PRE_INCREMENT
3960@defmacx HAVE_PRE_DECREMENT
3961@defmacx HAVE_POST_INCREMENT
3962@defmacx HAVE_POST_DECREMENT
3963A C expression that is nonzero if the machine supports pre-increment,
3964pre-decrement, post-increment, or post-decrement addressing respectively.
3965@end defmac
3966
3967@defmac HAVE_PRE_MODIFY_DISP
3968@defmacx HAVE_POST_MODIFY_DISP
3969A C expression that is nonzero if the machine supports pre- or
3970post-address side-effect generation involving constants other than
3971the size of the memory operand.
3972@end defmac
3973
3974@defmac HAVE_PRE_MODIFY_REG
3975@defmacx HAVE_POST_MODIFY_REG
3976A C expression that is nonzero if the machine supports pre- or
3977post-address side-effect generation involving a register displacement.
3978@end defmac
3979
3980@defmac CONSTANT_ADDRESS_P (@var{x})
3981A C expression that is 1 if the RTX @var{x} is a constant which
3982is a valid address.  On most machines the default definition of
3983@code{(CONSTANT_P (@var{x}) && GET_CODE (@var{x}) != CONST_DOUBLE)}
3984is acceptable, but a few machines are more restrictive as to which
3985constant addresses are supported.
3986@end defmac
3987
3988@defmac CONSTANT_P (@var{x})
3989@code{CONSTANT_P}, which is defined by target-independent code,
3990accepts integer-values expressions whose values are not explicitly
3991known, such as @code{symbol_ref}, @code{label_ref}, and @code{high}
3992expressions and @code{const} arithmetic expressions, in addition to
3993@code{const_int} and @code{const_double} expressions.
3994@end defmac
3995
3996@defmac MAX_REGS_PER_ADDRESS
3997A number, the maximum number of registers that can appear in a valid
3998memory address.  Note that it is up to you to specify a value equal to
3999the maximum number that @code{TARGET_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS_P} would ever
4000accept.
4001@end defmac
4002
4003@hook TARGET_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS_P
4004
4005@defmac TARGET_MEM_CONSTRAINT
4006A single character to be used instead of the default @code{'m'}
4007character for general memory addresses.  This defines the constraint
4008letter which matches the memory addresses accepted by
4009@code{TARGET_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS_P}.  Define this macro if you want to
4010support new address formats in your back end without changing the
4011semantics of the @code{'m'} constraint.  This is necessary in order to
4012preserve functionality of inline assembly constructs using the
4013@code{'m'} constraint.
4014@end defmac
4015
4016@defmac FIND_BASE_TERM (@var{x})
4017A C expression to determine the base term of address @var{x},
4018or to provide a simplified version of @var{x} from which @file{alias.c}
4019can easily find the base term.  This macro is used in only two places:
4020@code{find_base_value} and @code{find_base_term} in @file{alias.c}.
4021
4022It is always safe for this macro to not be defined.  It exists so
4023that alias analysis can understand machine-dependent addresses.
4024
4025The typical use of this macro is to handle addresses containing
4026a label_ref or symbol_ref within an UNSPEC@.
4027@end defmac
4028
4029@hook TARGET_LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS
4030
4031@defmac LEGITIMIZE_RELOAD_ADDRESS (@var{x}, @var{mode}, @var{opnum}, @var{type}, @var{ind_levels}, @var{win})
4032A C compound statement that attempts to replace @var{x}, which is an address
4033that needs reloading, with a valid memory address for an operand of mode
4034@var{mode}.  @var{win} will be a C statement label elsewhere in the code.
4035It is not necessary to define this macro, but it might be useful for
4036performance reasons.
4037
4038For example, on the i386, it is sometimes possible to use a single
4039reload register instead of two by reloading a sum of two pseudo
4040registers into a register.  On the other hand, for number of RISC
4041processors offsets are limited so that often an intermediate address
4042needs to be generated in order to address a stack slot.  By defining
4043@code{LEGITIMIZE_RELOAD_ADDRESS} appropriately, the intermediate addresses
4044generated for adjacent some stack slots can be made identical, and thus
4045be shared.
4046
4047@emph{Note}: This macro should be used with caution.  It is necessary
4048to know something of how reload works in order to effectively use this,
4049and it is quite easy to produce macros that build in too much knowledge
4050of reload internals.
4051
4052@emph{Note}: This macro must be able to reload an address created by a
4053previous invocation of this macro.  If it fails to handle such addresses
4054then the compiler may generate incorrect code or abort.
4055
4056@findex push_reload
4057The macro definition should use @code{push_reload} to indicate parts that
4058need reloading; @var{opnum}, @var{type} and @var{ind_levels} are usually
4059suitable to be passed unaltered to @code{push_reload}.
4060
4061The code generated by this macro must not alter the substructure of
4062@var{x}.  If it transforms @var{x} into a more legitimate form, it
4063should assign @var{x} (which will always be a C variable) a new value.
4064This also applies to parts that you change indirectly by calling
4065@code{push_reload}.
4066
4067@findex strict_memory_address_p
4068The macro definition may use @code{strict_memory_address_p} to test if
4069the address has become legitimate.
4070
4071@findex copy_rtx
4072If you want to change only a part of @var{x}, one standard way of doing
4073this is to use @code{copy_rtx}.  Note, however, that it unshares only a
4074single level of rtl.  Thus, if the part to be changed is not at the
4075top level, you'll need to replace first the top level.
4076It is not necessary for this macro to come up with a legitimate
4077address;  but often a machine-dependent strategy can generate better code.
4078@end defmac
4079
4080@hook TARGET_MODE_DEPENDENT_ADDRESS_P
4081
4082@hook TARGET_LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P
4083
4084@hook TARGET_DELEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS
4085
4086@hook TARGET_CONST_NOT_OK_FOR_DEBUG_P
4087
4088@hook TARGET_CANNOT_FORCE_CONST_MEM
4089
4090@hook TARGET_USE_BLOCKS_FOR_CONSTANT_P
4091
4092@hook TARGET_USE_BLOCKS_FOR_DECL_P
4093
4094@hook TARGET_BUILTIN_RECIPROCAL
4095
4096@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_BUILTIN_MASK_FOR_LOAD
4097
4098@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_BUILTIN_VECTORIZATION_COST
4099
4100@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_PREFERRED_VECTOR_ALIGNMENT
4101
4102@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_VECTOR_ALIGNMENT_REACHABLE
4103
4104@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_VEC_PERM_CONST
4105
4106@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_BUILTIN_CONVERSION
4107
4108@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_BUILTIN_VECTORIZED_FUNCTION
4109
4110@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_BUILTIN_MD_VECTORIZED_FUNCTION
4111
4112@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_SUPPORT_VECTOR_MISALIGNMENT
4113
4114@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_PREFERRED_SIMD_MODE
4115
4116@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_SPLIT_REDUCTION
4117
4118@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_AUTOVECTORIZE_VECTOR_SIZES
4119
4120@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_GET_MASK_MODE
4121
4122@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_EMPTY_MASK_IS_EXPENSIVE
4123
4124@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_INIT_COST
4125
4126@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_ADD_STMT_COST
4127
4128@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_FINISH_COST
4129
4130@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_DESTROY_COST_DATA
4131
4132@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_BUILTIN_GATHER
4133
4134@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_BUILTIN_SCATTER
4135
4136@hook TARGET_SIMD_CLONE_COMPUTE_VECSIZE_AND_SIMDLEN
4137
4138@hook TARGET_SIMD_CLONE_ADJUST
4139
4140@hook TARGET_SIMD_CLONE_USABLE
4141
4142@hook TARGET_SIMT_VF
4143
4144@hook TARGET_GOACC_VALIDATE_DIMS
4145
4146@hook TARGET_GOACC_DIM_LIMIT
4147
4148@hook TARGET_GOACC_FORK_JOIN
4149
4150@hook TARGET_GOACC_REDUCTION
4151
4152@node Anchored Addresses
4153@section Anchored Addresses
4154@cindex anchored addresses
4155@cindex @option{-fsection-anchors}
4156
4157GCC usually addresses every static object as a separate entity.
4158For example, if we have:
4159
4160@smallexample
4161static int a, b, c;
4162int foo (void) @{ return a + b + c; @}
4163@end smallexample
4164
4165the code for @code{foo} will usually calculate three separate symbolic
4166addresses: those of @code{a}, @code{b} and @code{c}.  On some targets,
4167it would be better to calculate just one symbolic address and access
4168the three variables relative to it.  The equivalent pseudocode would
4169be something like:
4170
4171@smallexample
4172int foo (void)
4173@{
4174  register int *xr = &x;
4175  return xr[&a - &x] + xr[&b - &x] + xr[&c - &x];
4176@}
4177@end smallexample
4178
4179(which isn't valid C).  We refer to shared addresses like @code{x} as
4180``section anchors''.  Their use is controlled by @option{-fsection-anchors}.
4181
4182The hooks below describe the target properties that GCC needs to know
4183in order to make effective use of section anchors.  It won't use
4184section anchors at all unless either @code{TARGET_MIN_ANCHOR_OFFSET}
4185or @code{TARGET_MAX_ANCHOR_OFFSET} is set to a nonzero value.
4186
4187@hook TARGET_MIN_ANCHOR_OFFSET
4188
4189@hook TARGET_MAX_ANCHOR_OFFSET
4190
4191@hook TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_ANCHOR
4192
4193@hook TARGET_USE_ANCHORS_FOR_SYMBOL_P
4194
4195@node Condition Code
4196@section Condition Code Status
4197@cindex condition code status
4198
4199The macros in this section can be split in two families, according to the
4200two ways of representing condition codes in GCC.
4201
4202The first representation is the so called @code{(cc0)} representation
4203(@pxref{Jump Patterns}), where all instructions can have an implicit
4204clobber of the condition codes.  The second is the condition code
4205register representation, which provides better schedulability for
4206architectures that do have a condition code register, but on which
4207most instructions do not affect it.  The latter category includes
4208most RISC machines.
4209
4210The implicit clobbering poses a strong restriction on the placement of
4211the definition and use of the condition code.  In the past the definition
4212and use were always adjacent.  However, recent changes to support trapping
4213arithmatic may result in the definition and user being in different blocks.
4214Thus, there may be a @code{NOTE_INSN_BASIC_BLOCK} between them.  Additionally,
4215the definition may be the source of exception handling edges.
4216
4217These restrictions can prevent important
4218optimizations on some machines.  For example, on the IBM RS/6000, there
4219is a delay for taken branches unless the condition code register is set
4220three instructions earlier than the conditional branch.  The instruction
4221scheduler cannot perform this optimization if it is not permitted to
4222separate the definition and use of the condition code register.
4223
4224For this reason, it is possible and suggested to use a register to
4225represent the condition code for new ports.  If there is a specific
4226condition code register in the machine, use a hard register.  If the
4227condition code or comparison result can be placed in any general register,
4228or if there are multiple condition registers, use a pseudo register.
4229Registers used to store the condition code value will usually have a mode
4230that is in class @code{MODE_CC}.
4231
4232Alternatively, you can use @code{BImode} if the comparison operator is
4233specified already in the compare instruction.  In this case, you are not
4234interested in most macros in this section.
4235
4236@menu
4237* CC0 Condition Codes::      Old style representation of condition codes.
4238* MODE_CC Condition Codes::  Modern representation of condition codes.
4239@end menu
4240
4241@node CC0 Condition Codes
4242@subsection Representation of condition codes using @code{(cc0)}
4243@findex cc0
4244
4245@findex cc_status
4246The file @file{conditions.h} defines a variable @code{cc_status} to
4247describe how the condition code was computed (in case the interpretation of
4248the condition code depends on the instruction that it was set by).  This
4249variable contains the RTL expressions on which the condition code is
4250currently based, and several standard flags.
4251
4252Sometimes additional machine-specific flags must be defined in the machine
4253description header file.  It can also add additional machine-specific
4254information by defining @code{CC_STATUS_MDEP}.
4255
4256@defmac CC_STATUS_MDEP
4257C code for a data type which is used for declaring the @code{mdep}
4258component of @code{cc_status}.  It defaults to @code{int}.
4259
4260This macro is not used on machines that do not use @code{cc0}.
4261@end defmac
4262
4263@defmac CC_STATUS_MDEP_INIT
4264A C expression to initialize the @code{mdep} field to ``empty''.
4265The default definition does nothing, since most machines don't use
4266the field anyway.  If you want to use the field, you should probably
4267define this macro to initialize it.
4268
4269This macro is not used on machines that do not use @code{cc0}.
4270@end defmac
4271
4272@defmac NOTICE_UPDATE_CC (@var{exp}, @var{insn})
4273A C compound statement to set the components of @code{cc_status}
4274appropriately for an insn @var{insn} whose body is @var{exp}.  It is
4275this macro's responsibility to recognize insns that set the condition
4276code as a byproduct of other activity as well as those that explicitly
4277set @code{(cc0)}.
4278
4279This macro is not used on machines that do not use @code{cc0}.
4280
4281If there are insns that do not set the condition code but do alter
4282other machine registers, this macro must check to see whether they
4283invalidate the expressions that the condition code is recorded as
4284reflecting.  For example, on the 68000, insns that store in address
4285registers do not set the condition code, which means that usually
4286@code{NOTICE_UPDATE_CC} can leave @code{cc_status} unaltered for such
4287insns.  But suppose that the previous insn set the condition code
4288based on location @samp{a4@@(102)} and the current insn stores a new
4289value in @samp{a4}.  Although the condition code is not changed by
4290this, it will no longer be true that it reflects the contents of
4291@samp{a4@@(102)}.  Therefore, @code{NOTICE_UPDATE_CC} must alter
4292@code{cc_status} in this case to say that nothing is known about the
4293condition code value.
4294
4295The definition of @code{NOTICE_UPDATE_CC} must be prepared to deal
4296with the results of peephole optimization: insns whose patterns are
4297@code{parallel} RTXs containing various @code{reg}, @code{mem} or
4298constants which are just the operands.  The RTL structure of these
4299insns is not sufficient to indicate what the insns actually do.  What
4300@code{NOTICE_UPDATE_CC} should do when it sees one is just to run
4301@code{CC_STATUS_INIT}.
4302
4303A possible definition of @code{NOTICE_UPDATE_CC} is to call a function
4304that looks at an attribute (@pxref{Insn Attributes}) named, for example,
4305@samp{cc}.  This avoids having detailed information about patterns in
4306two places, the @file{md} file and in @code{NOTICE_UPDATE_CC}.
4307@end defmac
4308
4309@node MODE_CC Condition Codes
4310@subsection Representation of condition codes using registers
4311@findex CCmode
4312@findex MODE_CC
4313
4314@defmac SELECT_CC_MODE (@var{op}, @var{x}, @var{y})
4315On many machines, the condition code may be produced by other instructions
4316than compares, for example the branch can use directly the condition
4317code set by a subtract instruction.  However, on some machines
4318when the condition code is set this way some bits (such as the overflow
4319bit) are not set in the same way as a test instruction, so that a different
4320branch instruction must be used for some conditional branches.  When
4321this happens, use the machine mode of the condition code register to
4322record different formats of the condition code register.  Modes can
4323also be used to record which compare instruction (e.g. a signed or an
4324unsigned comparison) produced the condition codes.
4325
4326If other modes than @code{CCmode} are required, add them to
4327@file{@var{machine}-modes.def} and define @code{SELECT_CC_MODE} to choose
4328a mode given an operand of a compare.  This is needed because the modes
4329have to be chosen not only during RTL generation but also, for example,
4330by instruction combination.  The result of @code{SELECT_CC_MODE} should
4331be consistent with the mode used in the patterns; for example to support
4332the case of the add on the SPARC discussed above, we have the pattern
4333
4334@smallexample
4335(define_insn ""
4336  [(set (reg:CCNZ 0)
4337        (compare:CCNZ
4338          (plus:SI (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "%r")
4339                   (match_operand:SI 1 "arith_operand" "rI"))
4340          (const_int 0)))]
4341  ""
4342  "@dots{}")
4343@end smallexample
4344
4345@noindent
4346together with a @code{SELECT_CC_MODE} that returns @code{CCNZmode}
4347for comparisons whose argument is a @code{plus}:
4348
4349@smallexample
4350#define SELECT_CC_MODE(OP,X,Y) \
4351  (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (X)) == MODE_FLOAT           \
4352   ? ((OP == LT || OP == LE || OP == GT || OP == GE)     \
4353      ? CCFPEmode : CCFPmode)                            \
4354   : ((GET_CODE (X) == PLUS || GET_CODE (X) == MINUS     \
4355       || GET_CODE (X) == NEG || GET_CODE (x) == ASHIFT) \
4356      ? CCNZmode : CCmode))
4357@end smallexample
4358
4359Another reason to use modes is to retain information on which operands
4360were used by the comparison; see @code{REVERSIBLE_CC_MODE} later in
4361this section.
4362
4363You should define this macro if and only if you define extra CC modes
4364in @file{@var{machine}-modes.def}.
4365@end defmac
4366
4367@hook TARGET_CANONICALIZE_COMPARISON
4368
4369@defmac REVERSIBLE_CC_MODE (@var{mode})
4370A C expression whose value is one if it is always safe to reverse a
4371comparison whose mode is @var{mode}.  If @code{SELECT_CC_MODE}
4372can ever return @var{mode} for a floating-point inequality comparison,
4373then @code{REVERSIBLE_CC_MODE (@var{mode})} must be zero.
4374
4375You need not define this macro if it would always returns zero or if the
4376floating-point format is anything other than @code{IEEE_FLOAT_FORMAT}.
4377For example, here is the definition used on the SPARC, where floating-point
4378inequality comparisons are given either @code{CCFPEmode} or @code{CCFPmode}:
4379
4380@smallexample
4381#define REVERSIBLE_CC_MODE(MODE) \
4382   ((MODE) != CCFPEmode && (MODE) != CCFPmode)
4383@end smallexample
4384@end defmac
4385
4386@defmac REVERSE_CONDITION (@var{code}, @var{mode})
4387A C expression whose value is reversed condition code of the @var{code} for
4388comparison done in CC_MODE @var{mode}.  The macro is used only in case
4389@code{REVERSIBLE_CC_MODE (@var{mode})} is nonzero.  Define this macro in case
4390machine has some non-standard way how to reverse certain conditionals.  For
4391instance in case all floating point conditions are non-trapping, compiler may
4392freely convert unordered compares to ordered ones.  Then definition may look
4393like:
4394
4395@smallexample
4396#define REVERSE_CONDITION(CODE, MODE) \
4397   ((MODE) != CCFPmode ? reverse_condition (CODE) \
4398    : reverse_condition_maybe_unordered (CODE))
4399@end smallexample
4400@end defmac
4401
4402@hook TARGET_FIXED_CONDITION_CODE_REGS
4403
4404@hook TARGET_CC_MODES_COMPATIBLE
4405
4406@hook TARGET_FLAGS_REGNUM
4407
4408@node Costs
4409@section Describing Relative Costs of Operations
4410@cindex costs of instructions
4411@cindex relative costs
4412@cindex speed of instructions
4413
4414These macros let you describe the relative speed of various operations
4415on the target machine.
4416
4417@defmac REGISTER_MOVE_COST (@var{mode}, @var{from}, @var{to})
4418A C expression for the cost of moving data of mode @var{mode} from a
4419register in class @var{from} to one in class @var{to}.  The classes are
4420expressed using the enumeration values such as @code{GENERAL_REGS}.  A
4421value of 2 is the default; other values are interpreted relative to
4422that.
4423
4424It is not required that the cost always equal 2 when @var{from} is the
4425same as @var{to}; on some machines it is expensive to move between
4426registers if they are not general registers.
4427
4428If reload sees an insn consisting of a single @code{set} between two
4429hard registers, and if @code{REGISTER_MOVE_COST} applied to their
4430classes returns a value of 2, reload does not check to ensure that the
4431constraints of the insn are met.  Setting a cost of other than 2 will
4432allow reload to verify that the constraints are met.  You should do this
4433if the @samp{mov@var{m}} pattern's constraints do not allow such copying.
4434
4435These macros are obsolete, new ports should use the target hook
4436@code{TARGET_REGISTER_MOVE_COST} instead.
4437@end defmac
4438
4439@hook TARGET_REGISTER_MOVE_COST
4440
4441@defmac MEMORY_MOVE_COST (@var{mode}, @var{class}, @var{in})
4442A C expression for the cost of moving data of mode @var{mode} between a
4443register of class @var{class} and memory; @var{in} is zero if the value
4444is to be written to memory, nonzero if it is to be read in.  This cost
4445is relative to those in @code{REGISTER_MOVE_COST}.  If moving between
4446registers and memory is more expensive than between two registers, you
4447should define this macro to express the relative cost.
4448
4449If you do not define this macro, GCC uses a default cost of 4 plus
4450the cost of copying via a secondary reload register, if one is
4451needed.  If your machine requires a secondary reload register to copy
4452between memory and a register of @var{class} but the reload mechanism is
4453more complex than copying via an intermediate, define this macro to
4454reflect the actual cost of the move.
4455
4456GCC defines the function @code{memory_move_secondary_cost} if
4457secondary reloads are needed.  It computes the costs due to copying via
4458a secondary register.  If your machine copies from memory using a
4459secondary register in the conventional way but the default base value of
44604 is not correct for your machine, define this macro to add some other
4461value to the result of that function.  The arguments to that function
4462are the same as to this macro.
4463
4464These macros are obsolete, new ports should use the target hook
4465@code{TARGET_MEMORY_MOVE_COST} instead.
4466@end defmac
4467
4468@hook TARGET_MEMORY_MOVE_COST
4469
4470@defmac BRANCH_COST (@var{speed_p}, @var{predictable_p})
4471A C expression for the cost of a branch instruction.  A value of 1 is
4472the default; other values are interpreted relative to that. Parameter
4473@var{speed_p} is true when the branch in question should be optimized
4474for speed.  When it is false, @code{BRANCH_COST} should return a value
4475optimal for code size rather than performance.  @var{predictable_p} is
4476true for well-predicted branches. On many architectures the
4477@code{BRANCH_COST} can be reduced then.
4478@end defmac
4479
4480Here are additional macros which do not specify precise relative costs,
4481but only that certain actions are more expensive than GCC would
4482ordinarily expect.
4483
4484@defmac SLOW_BYTE_ACCESS
4485Define this macro as a C expression which is nonzero if accessing less
4486than a word of memory (i.e.@: a @code{char} or a @code{short}) is no
4487faster than accessing a word of memory, i.e., if such access
4488require more than one instruction or if there is no difference in cost
4489between byte and (aligned) word loads.
4490
4491When this macro is not defined, the compiler will access a field by
4492finding the smallest containing object; when it is defined, a fullword
4493load will be used if alignment permits.  Unless bytes accesses are
4494faster than word accesses, using word accesses is preferable since it
4495may eliminate subsequent memory access if subsequent accesses occur to
4496other fields in the same word of the structure, but to different bytes.
4497@end defmac
4498
4499@hook TARGET_SLOW_UNALIGNED_ACCESS
4500
4501@defmac MOVE_RATIO (@var{speed})
4502The threshold of number of scalar memory-to-memory move insns, @emph{below}
4503which a sequence of insns should be generated instead of a
4504string move insn or a library call.  Increasing the value will always
4505make code faster, but eventually incurs high cost in increased code size.
4506
4507Note that on machines where the corresponding move insn is a
4508@code{define_expand} that emits a sequence of insns, this macro counts
4509the number of such sequences.
4510
4511The parameter @var{speed} is true if the code is currently being
4512optimized for speed rather than size.
4513
4514If you don't define this, a reasonable default is used.
4515@end defmac
4516
4517@hook TARGET_USE_BY_PIECES_INFRASTRUCTURE_P
4518
4519@hook TARGET_COMPARE_BY_PIECES_BRANCH_RATIO
4520
4521@defmac MOVE_MAX_PIECES
4522A C expression used by @code{move_by_pieces} to determine the largest unit
4523a load or store used to copy memory is.  Defaults to @code{MOVE_MAX}.
4524@end defmac
4525
4526@defmac STORE_MAX_PIECES
4527A C expression used by @code{store_by_pieces} to determine the largest unit
4528a store used to memory is.  Defaults to @code{MOVE_MAX_PIECES}, or two times
4529the size of @code{HOST_WIDE_INT}, whichever is smaller.
4530@end defmac
4531
4532@defmac COMPARE_MAX_PIECES
4533A C expression used by @code{compare_by_pieces} to determine the largest unit
4534a load or store used to compare memory is.  Defaults to
4535@code{MOVE_MAX_PIECES}.
4536@end defmac
4537
4538@defmac CLEAR_RATIO (@var{speed})
4539The threshold of number of scalar move insns, @emph{below} which a sequence
4540of insns should be generated to clear memory instead of a string clear insn
4541or a library call.  Increasing the value will always make code faster, but
4542eventually incurs high cost in increased code size.
4543
4544The parameter @var{speed} is true if the code is currently being
4545optimized for speed rather than size.
4546
4547If you don't define this, a reasonable default is used.
4548@end defmac
4549
4550@defmac SET_RATIO (@var{speed})
4551The threshold of number of scalar move insns, @emph{below} which a sequence
4552of insns should be generated to set memory to a constant value, instead of
4553a block set insn or a library call.
4554Increasing the value will always make code faster, but
4555eventually incurs high cost in increased code size.
4556
4557The parameter @var{speed} is true if the code is currently being
4558optimized for speed rather than size.
4559
4560If you don't define this, it defaults to the value of @code{MOVE_RATIO}.
4561@end defmac
4562
4563@defmac USE_LOAD_POST_INCREMENT (@var{mode})
4564A C expression used to determine whether a load postincrement is a good
4565thing to use for a given mode.  Defaults to the value of
4566@code{HAVE_POST_INCREMENT}.
4567@end defmac
4568
4569@defmac USE_LOAD_POST_DECREMENT (@var{mode})
4570A C expression used to determine whether a load postdecrement is a good
4571thing to use for a given mode.  Defaults to the value of
4572@code{HAVE_POST_DECREMENT}.
4573@end defmac
4574
4575@defmac USE_LOAD_PRE_INCREMENT (@var{mode})
4576A C expression used to determine whether a load preincrement is a good
4577thing to use for a given mode.  Defaults to the value of
4578@code{HAVE_PRE_INCREMENT}.
4579@end defmac
4580
4581@defmac USE_LOAD_PRE_DECREMENT (@var{mode})
4582A C expression used to determine whether a load predecrement is a good
4583thing to use for a given mode.  Defaults to the value of
4584@code{HAVE_PRE_DECREMENT}.
4585@end defmac
4586
4587@defmac USE_STORE_POST_INCREMENT (@var{mode})
4588A C expression used to determine whether a store postincrement is a good
4589thing to use for a given mode.  Defaults to the value of
4590@code{HAVE_POST_INCREMENT}.
4591@end defmac
4592
4593@defmac USE_STORE_POST_DECREMENT (@var{mode})
4594A C expression used to determine whether a store postdecrement is a good
4595thing to use for a given mode.  Defaults to the value of
4596@code{HAVE_POST_DECREMENT}.
4597@end defmac
4598
4599@defmac USE_STORE_PRE_INCREMENT (@var{mode})
4600This macro is used to determine whether a store preincrement is a good
4601thing to use for a given mode.  Defaults to the value of
4602@code{HAVE_PRE_INCREMENT}.
4603@end defmac
4604
4605@defmac USE_STORE_PRE_DECREMENT (@var{mode})
4606This macro is used to determine whether a store predecrement is a good
4607thing to use for a given mode.  Defaults to the value of
4608@code{HAVE_PRE_DECREMENT}.
4609@end defmac
4610
4611@defmac NO_FUNCTION_CSE
4612Define this macro to be true if it is as good or better to call a constant
4613function address than to call an address kept in a register.
4614@end defmac
4615
4616@defmac LOGICAL_OP_NON_SHORT_CIRCUIT
4617Define this macro if a non-short-circuit operation produced by
4618@samp{fold_range_test ()} is optimal.  This macro defaults to true if
4619@code{BRANCH_COST} is greater than or equal to the value 2.
4620@end defmac
4621
4622@hook TARGET_OPTAB_SUPPORTED_P
4623
4624@hook TARGET_RTX_COSTS
4625
4626@hook TARGET_ADDRESS_COST
4627
4628@hook TARGET_INSN_COST
4629
4630@hook TARGET_MAX_NOCE_IFCVT_SEQ_COST
4631
4632@hook TARGET_NOCE_CONVERSION_PROFITABLE_P
4633
4634@hook TARGET_NO_SPECULATION_IN_DELAY_SLOTS_P
4635
4636@hook TARGET_ESTIMATED_POLY_VALUE
4637
4638@node Scheduling
4639@section Adjusting the Instruction Scheduler
4640
4641The instruction scheduler may need a fair amount of machine-specific
4642adjustment in order to produce good code.  GCC provides several target
4643hooks for this purpose.  It is usually enough to define just a few of
4644them: try the first ones in this list first.
4645
4646@hook TARGET_SCHED_ISSUE_RATE
4647
4648@hook TARGET_SCHED_VARIABLE_ISSUE
4649
4650@hook TARGET_SCHED_ADJUST_COST
4651
4652@hook TARGET_SCHED_ADJUST_PRIORITY
4653
4654@hook TARGET_SCHED_REORDER
4655
4656@hook TARGET_SCHED_REORDER2
4657
4658@hook TARGET_SCHED_MACRO_FUSION_P
4659
4660@hook TARGET_SCHED_MACRO_FUSION_PAIR_P
4661
4662@hook TARGET_SCHED_DEPENDENCIES_EVALUATION_HOOK
4663
4664@hook TARGET_SCHED_INIT
4665
4666@hook TARGET_SCHED_FINISH
4667
4668@hook TARGET_SCHED_INIT_GLOBAL
4669
4670@hook TARGET_SCHED_FINISH_GLOBAL
4671
4672@hook TARGET_SCHED_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN
4673
4674@hook TARGET_SCHED_INIT_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN
4675
4676@hook TARGET_SCHED_DFA_POST_CYCLE_INSN
4677
4678@hook TARGET_SCHED_INIT_DFA_POST_CYCLE_INSN
4679
4680@hook TARGET_SCHED_DFA_PRE_ADVANCE_CYCLE
4681
4682@hook TARGET_SCHED_DFA_POST_ADVANCE_CYCLE
4683
4684@hook TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_DFA_LOOKAHEAD
4685
4686@hook TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_DFA_LOOKAHEAD_GUARD
4687
4688@hook TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_BEGIN
4689
4690@hook TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_ISSUE
4691
4692@hook TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_BACKTRACK
4693
4694@hook TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_END
4695
4696@hook TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_INIT
4697
4698@hook TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_FINI
4699
4700@hook TARGET_SCHED_DFA_NEW_CYCLE
4701
4702@hook TARGET_SCHED_IS_COSTLY_DEPENDENCE
4703
4704@hook TARGET_SCHED_H_I_D_EXTENDED
4705
4706@hook TARGET_SCHED_ALLOC_SCHED_CONTEXT
4707
4708@hook TARGET_SCHED_INIT_SCHED_CONTEXT
4709
4710@hook TARGET_SCHED_SET_SCHED_CONTEXT
4711
4712@hook TARGET_SCHED_CLEAR_SCHED_CONTEXT
4713
4714@hook TARGET_SCHED_FREE_SCHED_CONTEXT
4715
4716@hook TARGET_SCHED_SPECULATE_INSN
4717
4718@hook TARGET_SCHED_NEEDS_BLOCK_P
4719
4720@hook TARGET_SCHED_GEN_SPEC_CHECK
4721
4722@hook TARGET_SCHED_SET_SCHED_FLAGS
4723
4724@hook TARGET_SCHED_CAN_SPECULATE_INSN
4725
4726@hook TARGET_SCHED_SMS_RES_MII
4727
4728@hook TARGET_SCHED_DISPATCH
4729
4730@hook TARGET_SCHED_DISPATCH_DO
4731
4732@hook TARGET_SCHED_EXPOSED_PIPELINE
4733
4734@hook TARGET_SCHED_REASSOCIATION_WIDTH
4735
4736@hook TARGET_SCHED_FUSION_PRIORITY
4737
4738@hook TARGET_EXPAND_DIVMOD_LIBFUNC
4739
4740@node Sections
4741@section Dividing the Output into Sections (Texts, Data, @dots{})
4742@c the above section title is WAY too long.  maybe cut the part between
4743@c the (...)?  --mew 10feb93
4744
4745An object file is divided into sections containing different types of
4746data.  In the most common case, there are three sections: the @dfn{text
4747section}, which holds instructions and read-only data; the @dfn{data
4748section}, which holds initialized writable data; and the @dfn{bss
4749section}, which holds uninitialized data.  Some systems have other kinds
4750of sections.
4751
4752@file{varasm.c} provides several well-known sections, such as
4753@code{text_section}, @code{data_section} and @code{bss_section}.
4754The normal way of controlling a @code{@var{foo}_section} variable
4755is to define the associated @code{@var{FOO}_SECTION_ASM_OP} macro,
4756as described below.  The macros are only read once, when @file{varasm.c}
4757initializes itself, so their values must be run-time constants.
4758They may however depend on command-line flags.
4759
4760@emph{Note:} Some run-time files, such @file{crtstuff.c}, also make
4761use of the @code{@var{FOO}_SECTION_ASM_OP} macros, and expect them
4762to be string literals.
4763
4764Some assemblers require a different string to be written every time a
4765section is selected.  If your assembler falls into this category, you
4766should define the @code{TARGET_ASM_INIT_SECTIONS} hook and use
4767@code{get_unnamed_section} to set up the sections.
4768
4769You must always create a @code{text_section}, either by defining
4770@code{TEXT_SECTION_ASM_OP} or by initializing @code{text_section}
4771in @code{TARGET_ASM_INIT_SECTIONS}.  The same is true of
4772@code{data_section} and @code{DATA_SECTION_ASM_OP}.  If you do not
4773create a distinct @code{readonly_data_section}, the default is to
4774reuse @code{text_section}.
4775
4776All the other @file{varasm.c} sections are optional, and are null
4777if the target does not provide them.
4778
4779@defmac TEXT_SECTION_ASM_OP
4780A C expression whose value is a string, including spacing, containing the
4781assembler operation that should precede instructions and read-only data.
4782Normally @code{"\t.text"} is right.
4783@end defmac
4784
4785@defmac HOT_TEXT_SECTION_NAME
4786If defined, a C string constant for the name of the section containing most
4787frequently executed functions of the program.  If not defined, GCC will provide
4788a default definition if the target supports named sections.
4789@end defmac
4790
4791@defmac UNLIKELY_EXECUTED_TEXT_SECTION_NAME
4792If defined, a C string constant for the name of the section containing unlikely
4793executed functions in the program.
4794@end defmac
4795
4796@defmac DATA_SECTION_ASM_OP
4797A C expression whose value is a string, including spacing, containing the
4798assembler operation to identify the following data as writable initialized
4799data.  Normally @code{"\t.data"} is right.
4800@end defmac
4801
4802@defmac SDATA_SECTION_ASM_OP
4803If defined, a C expression whose value is a string, including spacing,
4804containing the assembler operation to identify the following data as
4805initialized, writable small data.
4806@end defmac
4807
4808@defmac READONLY_DATA_SECTION_ASM_OP
4809A C expression whose value is a string, including spacing, containing the
4810assembler operation to identify the following data as read-only initialized
4811data.
4812@end defmac
4813
4814@defmac BSS_SECTION_ASM_OP
4815If defined, a C expression whose value is a string, including spacing,
4816containing the assembler operation to identify the following data as
4817uninitialized global data.  If not defined, and
4818@code{ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_BSS} not defined,
4819uninitialized global data will be output in the data section if
4820@option{-fno-common} is passed, otherwise @code{ASM_OUTPUT_COMMON} will be
4821used.
4822@end defmac
4823
4824@defmac SBSS_SECTION_ASM_OP
4825If defined, a C expression whose value is a string, including spacing,
4826containing the assembler operation to identify the following data as
4827uninitialized, writable small data.
4828@end defmac
4829
4830@defmac TLS_COMMON_ASM_OP
4831If defined, a C expression whose value is a string containing the
4832assembler operation to identify the following data as thread-local
4833common data.  The default is @code{".tls_common"}.
4834@end defmac
4835
4836@defmac TLS_SECTION_ASM_FLAG
4837If defined, a C expression whose value is a character constant
4838containing the flag used to mark a section as a TLS section.  The
4839default is @code{'T'}.
4840@end defmac
4841
4842@defmac INIT_SECTION_ASM_OP
4843If defined, a C expression whose value is a string, including spacing,
4844containing the assembler operation to identify the following data as
4845initialization code.  If not defined, GCC will assume such a section does
4846not exist.  This section has no corresponding @code{init_section}
4847variable; it is used entirely in runtime code.
4848@end defmac
4849
4850@defmac FINI_SECTION_ASM_OP
4851If defined, a C expression whose value is a string, including spacing,
4852containing the assembler operation to identify the following data as
4853finalization code.  If not defined, GCC will assume such a section does
4854not exist.  This section has no corresponding @code{fini_section}
4855variable; it is used entirely in runtime code.
4856@end defmac
4857
4858@defmac INIT_ARRAY_SECTION_ASM_OP
4859If defined, a C expression whose value is a string, including spacing,
4860containing the assembler operation to identify the following data as
4861part of the @code{.init_array} (or equivalent) section.  If not
4862defined, GCC will assume such a section does not exist.  Do not define
4863both this macro and @code{INIT_SECTION_ASM_OP}.
4864@end defmac
4865
4866@defmac FINI_ARRAY_SECTION_ASM_OP
4867If defined, a C expression whose value is a string, including spacing,
4868containing the assembler operation to identify the following data as
4869part of the @code{.fini_array} (or equivalent) section.  If not
4870defined, GCC will assume such a section does not exist.  Do not define
4871both this macro and @code{FINI_SECTION_ASM_OP}.
4872@end defmac
4873
4874@defmac MACH_DEP_SECTION_ASM_FLAG
4875If defined, a C expression whose value is a character constant
4876containing the flag used to mark a machine-dependent section.  This
4877corresponds to the @code{SECTION_MACH_DEP} section flag.
4878@end defmac
4879
4880@defmac CRT_CALL_STATIC_FUNCTION (@var{section_op}, @var{function})
4881If defined, an ASM statement that switches to a different section
4882via @var{section_op}, calls @var{function}, and switches back to
4883the text section.  This is used in @file{crtstuff.c} if
4884@code{INIT_SECTION_ASM_OP} or @code{FINI_SECTION_ASM_OP} to calls
4885to initialization and finalization functions from the init and fini
4886sections.  By default, this macro uses a simple function call.  Some
4887ports need hand-crafted assembly code to avoid dependencies on
4888registers initialized in the function prologue or to ensure that
4889constant pools don't end up too far way in the text section.
4890@end defmac
4891
4892@defmac TARGET_LIBGCC_SDATA_SECTION
4893If defined, a string which names the section into which small
4894variables defined in crtstuff and libgcc should go.  This is useful
4895when the target has options for optimizing access to small data, and
4896you want the crtstuff and libgcc routines to be conservative in what
4897they expect of your application yet liberal in what your application
4898expects.  For example, for targets with a @code{.sdata} section (like
4899MIPS), you could compile crtstuff with @code{-G 0} so that it doesn't
4900require small data support from your application, but use this macro
4901to put small data into @code{.sdata} so that your application can
4902access these variables whether it uses small data or not.
4903@end defmac
4904
4905@defmac FORCE_CODE_SECTION_ALIGN
4906If defined, an ASM statement that aligns a code section to some
4907arbitrary boundary.  This is used to force all fragments of the
4908@code{.init} and @code{.fini} sections to have to same alignment
4909and thus prevent the linker from having to add any padding.
4910@end defmac
4911
4912@defmac JUMP_TABLES_IN_TEXT_SECTION
4913Define this macro to be an expression with a nonzero value if jump
4914tables (for @code{tablejump} insns) should be output in the text
4915section, along with the assembler instructions.  Otherwise, the
4916readonly data section is used.
4917
4918This macro is irrelevant if there is no separate readonly data section.
4919@end defmac
4920
4921@hook TARGET_ASM_INIT_SECTIONS
4922
4923@hook TARGET_ASM_RELOC_RW_MASK
4924
4925@hook TARGET_ASM_SELECT_SECTION
4926
4927@defmac USE_SELECT_SECTION_FOR_FUNCTIONS
4928Define this macro if you wish TARGET_ASM_SELECT_SECTION to be called
4929for @code{FUNCTION_DECL}s as well as for variables and constants.
4930
4931In the case of a @code{FUNCTION_DECL}, @var{reloc} will be zero if the
4932function has been determined to be likely to be called, and nonzero if
4933it is unlikely to be called.
4934@end defmac
4935
4936@hook TARGET_ASM_UNIQUE_SECTION
4937
4938@hook TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_RODATA_SECTION
4939
4940@hook TARGET_ASM_MERGEABLE_RODATA_PREFIX
4941
4942@hook TARGET_ASM_TM_CLONE_TABLE_SECTION
4943
4944@hook TARGET_ASM_SELECT_RTX_SECTION
4945
4946@hook TARGET_MANGLE_DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME
4947
4948@hook TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO
4949
4950@hook TARGET_STRIP_NAME_ENCODING
4951
4952@hook TARGET_IN_SMALL_DATA_P
4953
4954@hook TARGET_HAVE_SRODATA_SECTION
4955
4956@hook TARGET_PROFILE_BEFORE_PROLOGUE
4957
4958@hook TARGET_BINDS_LOCAL_P
4959
4960@hook TARGET_HAVE_TLS
4961
4962
4963@node PIC
4964@section Position Independent Code
4965@cindex position independent code
4966@cindex PIC
4967
4968This section describes macros that help implement generation of position
4969independent code.  Simply defining these macros is not enough to
4970generate valid PIC; you must also add support to the hook
4971@code{TARGET_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS_P} and to the macro
4972@code{PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS}, as well as @code{LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS}.  You
4973must modify the definition of @samp{movsi} to do something appropriate
4974when the source operand contains a symbolic address.  You may also
4975need to alter the handling of switch statements so that they use
4976relative addresses.
4977@c i rearranged the order of the macros above to try to force one of
4978@c them to the next line, to eliminate an overfull hbox. --mew 10feb93
4979
4980@defmac PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM
4981The register number of the register used to address a table of static
4982data addresses in memory.  In some cases this register is defined by a
4983processor's ``application binary interface'' (ABI)@.  When this macro
4984is defined, RTL is generated for this register once, as with the stack
4985pointer and frame pointer registers.  If this macro is not defined, it
4986is up to the machine-dependent files to allocate such a register (if
4987necessary).  Note that this register must be fixed when in use (e.g.@:
4988when @code{flag_pic} is true).
4989@end defmac
4990
4991@defmac PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REG_CALL_CLOBBERED
4992A C expression that is nonzero if the register defined by
4993@code{PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM} is clobbered by calls.  If not defined,
4994the default is zero.  Do not define
4995this macro if @code{PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM} is not defined.
4996@end defmac
4997
4998@defmac LEGITIMATE_PIC_OPERAND_P (@var{x})
4999A C expression that is nonzero if @var{x} is a legitimate immediate
5000operand on the target machine when generating position independent code.
5001You can assume that @var{x} satisfies @code{CONSTANT_P}, so you need not
5002check this.  You can also assume @var{flag_pic} is true, so you need not
5003check it either.  You need not define this macro if all constants
5004(including @code{SYMBOL_REF}) can be immediate operands when generating
5005position independent code.
5006@end defmac
5007
5008@node Assembler Format
5009@section Defining the Output Assembler Language
5010
5011This section describes macros whose principal purpose is to describe how
5012to write instructions in assembler language---rather than what the
5013instructions do.
5014
5015@menu
5016* File Framework::       Structural information for the assembler file.
5017* Data Output::          Output of constants (numbers, strings, addresses).
5018* Uninitialized Data::   Output of uninitialized variables.
5019* Label Output::         Output and generation of labels.
5020* Initialization::       General principles of initialization
5021                         and termination routines.
5022* Macros for Initialization::
5023                         Specific macros that control the handling of
5024                         initialization and termination routines.
5025* Instruction Output::   Output of actual instructions.
5026* Dispatch Tables::      Output of jump tables.
5027* Exception Region Output:: Output of exception region code.
5028* Alignment Output::     Pseudo ops for alignment and skipping data.
5029@end menu
5030
5031@node File Framework
5032@subsection The Overall Framework of an Assembler File
5033@cindex assembler format
5034@cindex output of assembler code
5035
5036@c prevent bad page break with this line
5037This describes the overall framework of an assembly file.
5038
5039@findex default_file_start
5040@hook TARGET_ASM_FILE_START
5041
5042@hook TARGET_ASM_FILE_START_APP_OFF
5043
5044@hook TARGET_ASM_FILE_START_FILE_DIRECTIVE
5045
5046@hook TARGET_ASM_FILE_END
5047
5048@deftypefun void file_end_indicate_exec_stack ()
5049Some systems use a common convention, the @samp{.note.GNU-stack}
5050special section, to indicate whether or not an object file relies on
5051the stack being executable.  If your system uses this convention, you
5052should define @code{TARGET_ASM_FILE_END} to this function.  If you
5053need to do other things in that hook, have your hook function call
5054this function.
5055@end deftypefun
5056
5057@hook TARGET_ASM_LTO_START
5058
5059@hook TARGET_ASM_LTO_END
5060
5061@hook TARGET_ASM_CODE_END
5062
5063@defmac ASM_COMMENT_START
5064A C string constant describing how to begin a comment in the target
5065assembler language.  The compiler assumes that the comment will end at
5066the end of the line.
5067@end defmac
5068
5069@defmac ASM_APP_ON
5070A C string constant for text to be output before each @code{asm}
5071statement or group of consecutive ones.  Normally this is
5072@code{"#APP"}, which is a comment that has no effect on most
5073assemblers but tells the GNU assembler that it must check the lines
5074that follow for all valid assembler constructs.
5075@end defmac
5076
5077@defmac ASM_APP_OFF
5078A C string constant for text to be output after each @code{asm}
5079statement or group of consecutive ones.  Normally this is
5080@code{"#NO_APP"}, which tells the GNU assembler to resume making the
5081time-saving assumptions that are valid for ordinary compiler output.
5082@end defmac
5083
5084@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_SOURCE_FILENAME (@var{stream}, @var{name})
5085A C statement to output COFF information or DWARF debugging information
5086which indicates that filename @var{name} is the current source file to
5087the stdio stream @var{stream}.
5088
5089This macro need not be defined if the standard form of output
5090for the file format in use is appropriate.
5091@end defmac
5092
5093@hook TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_SOURCE_FILENAME
5094
5095@hook TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_IDENT
5096
5097@defmac OUTPUT_QUOTED_STRING (@var{stream}, @var{string})
5098A C statement to output the string @var{string} to the stdio stream
5099@var{stream}.  If you do not call the function @code{output_quoted_string}
5100in your config files, GCC will only call it to output filenames to
5101the assembler source.  So you can use it to canonicalize the format
5102of the filename using this macro.
5103@end defmac
5104
5105@hook TARGET_ASM_NAMED_SECTION
5106
5107@hook TARGET_ASM_ELF_FLAGS_NUMERIC
5108
5109@hook TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_SECTION
5110
5111@hook TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_SWITCHED_TEXT_SECTIONS
5112
5113@hook TARGET_HAVE_NAMED_SECTIONS
5114This flag is true if the target supports @code{TARGET_ASM_NAMED_SECTION}.
5115It must not be modified by command-line option processing.
5116@end deftypevr
5117
5118@anchor{TARGET_HAVE_SWITCHABLE_BSS_SECTIONS}
5119@hook TARGET_HAVE_SWITCHABLE_BSS_SECTIONS
5120
5121@hook TARGET_SECTION_TYPE_FLAGS
5122
5123@hook TARGET_ASM_RECORD_GCC_SWITCHES
5124
5125@hook TARGET_ASM_RECORD_GCC_SWITCHES_SECTION
5126
5127@need 2000
5128@node Data Output
5129@subsection Output of Data
5130
5131
5132@hook TARGET_ASM_BYTE_OP
5133
5134@hook TARGET_ASM_INTEGER
5135
5136@hook TARGET_ASM_DECL_END
5137
5138@hook TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_ADDR_CONST_EXTRA
5139
5140@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_ASCII (@var{stream}, @var{ptr}, @var{len})
5141A C statement to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} an assembler
5142instruction to assemble a string constant containing the @var{len}
5143bytes at @var{ptr}.  @var{ptr} will be a C expression of type
5144@code{char *} and @var{len} a C expression of type @code{int}.
5145
5146If the assembler has a @code{.ascii} pseudo-op as found in the
5147Berkeley Unix assembler, do not define the macro
5148@code{ASM_OUTPUT_ASCII}.
5149@end defmac
5150
5151@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_FDESC (@var{stream}, @var{decl}, @var{n})
5152A C statement to output word @var{n} of a function descriptor for
5153@var{decl}.  This must be defined if @code{TARGET_VTABLE_USES_DESCRIPTORS}
5154is defined, and is otherwise unused.
5155@end defmac
5156
5157@defmac CONSTANT_POOL_BEFORE_FUNCTION
5158You may define this macro as a C expression.  You should define the
5159expression to have a nonzero value if GCC should output the constant
5160pool for a function before the code for the function, or a zero value if
5161GCC should output the constant pool after the function.  If you do
5162not define this macro, the usual case, GCC will output the constant
5163pool before the function.
5164@end defmac
5165
5166@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_POOL_PROLOGUE (@var{file}, @var{funname}, @var{fundecl}, @var{size})
5167A C statement to output assembler commands to define the start of the
5168constant pool for a function.  @var{funname} is a string giving
5169the name of the function.  Should the return type of the function
5170be required, it can be obtained via @var{fundecl}.  @var{size}
5171is the size, in bytes, of the constant pool that will be written
5172immediately after this call.
5173
5174If no constant-pool prefix is required, the usual case, this macro need
5175not be defined.
5176@end defmac
5177
5178@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_SPECIAL_POOL_ENTRY (@var{file}, @var{x}, @var{mode}, @var{align}, @var{labelno}, @var{jumpto})
5179A C statement (with or without semicolon) to output a constant in the
5180constant pool, if it needs special treatment.  (This macro need not do
5181anything for RTL expressions that can be output normally.)
5182
5183The argument @var{file} is the standard I/O stream to output the
5184assembler code on.  @var{x} is the RTL expression for the constant to
5185output, and @var{mode} is the machine mode (in case @var{x} is a
5186@samp{const_int}).  @var{align} is the required alignment for the value
5187@var{x}; you should output an assembler directive to force this much
5188alignment.
5189
5190The argument @var{labelno} is a number to use in an internal label for
5191the address of this pool entry.  The definition of this macro is
5192responsible for outputting the label definition at the proper place.
5193Here is how to do this:
5194
5195@smallexample
5196@code{(*targetm.asm_out.internal_label)} (@var{file}, "LC", @var{labelno});
5197@end smallexample
5198
5199When you output a pool entry specially, you should end with a
5200@code{goto} to the label @var{jumpto}.  This will prevent the same pool
5201entry from being output a second time in the usual manner.
5202
5203You need not define this macro if it would do nothing.
5204@end defmac
5205
5206@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_POOL_EPILOGUE (@var{file} @var{funname} @var{fundecl} @var{size})
5207A C statement to output assembler commands to at the end of the constant
5208pool for a function.  @var{funname} is a string giving the name of the
5209function.  Should the return type of the function be required, you can
5210obtain it via @var{fundecl}.  @var{size} is the size, in bytes, of the
5211constant pool that GCC wrote immediately before this call.
5212
5213If no constant-pool epilogue is required, the usual case, you need not
5214define this macro.
5215@end defmac
5216
5217@defmac IS_ASM_LOGICAL_LINE_SEPARATOR (@var{C}, @var{STR})
5218Define this macro as a C expression which is nonzero if @var{C} is
5219used as a logical line separator by the assembler.  @var{STR} points
5220to the position in the string where @var{C} was found; this can be used if
5221a line separator uses multiple characters.
5222
5223If you do not define this macro, the default is that only
5224the character @samp{;} is treated as a logical line separator.
5225@end defmac
5226
5227@hook TARGET_ASM_OPEN_PAREN
5228
5229These macros are provided by @file{real.h} for writing the definitions
5230of @code{ASM_OUTPUT_DOUBLE} and the like:
5231
5232@defmac REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_SINGLE (@var{x}, @var{l})
5233@defmacx REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_DOUBLE (@var{x}, @var{l})
5234@defmacx REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_LONG_DOUBLE (@var{x}, @var{l})
5235@defmacx REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_DECIMAL32 (@var{x}, @var{l})
5236@defmacx REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_DECIMAL64 (@var{x}, @var{l})
5237@defmacx REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_DECIMAL128 (@var{x}, @var{l})
5238These translate @var{x}, of type @code{REAL_VALUE_TYPE}, to the
5239target's floating point representation, and store its bit pattern in
5240the variable @var{l}.  For @code{REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_SINGLE} and
5241@code{REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_DECIMAL32}, this variable should be a
5242simple @code{long int}.  For the others, it should be an array of
5243@code{long int}.  The number of elements in this array is determined
5244by the size of the desired target floating point data type: 32 bits of
5245it go in each @code{long int} array element.  Each array element holds
524632 bits of the result, even if @code{long int} is wider than 32 bits
5247on the host machine.
5248
5249The array element values are designed so that you can print them out
5250using @code{fprintf} in the order they should appear in the target
5251machine's memory.
5252@end defmac
5253
5254@node Uninitialized Data
5255@subsection Output of Uninitialized Variables
5256
5257Each of the macros in this section is used to do the whole job of
5258outputting a single uninitialized variable.
5259
5260@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_COMMON (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{size}, @var{rounded})
5261A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5262@var{stream} the assembler definition of a common-label named
5263@var{name} whose size is @var{size} bytes.  The variable @var{rounded}
5264is the size rounded up to whatever alignment the caller wants.  It is
5265possible that @var{size} may be zero, for instance if a struct with no
5266other member than a zero-length array is defined.  In this case, the
5267backend must output a symbol definition that allocates at least one
5268byte, both so that the address of the resulting object does not compare
5269equal to any other, and because some object formats cannot even express
5270the concept of a zero-sized common symbol, as that is how they represent
5271an ordinary undefined external.
5272
5273Use the expression @code{assemble_name (@var{stream}, @var{name})} to
5274output the name itself; before and after that, output the additional
5275assembler syntax for defining the name, and a newline.
5276
5277This macro controls how the assembler definitions of uninitialized
5278common global variables are output.
5279@end defmac
5280
5281@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_COMMON (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{size}, @var{alignment})
5282Like @code{ASM_OUTPUT_COMMON} except takes the required alignment as a
5283separate, explicit argument.  If you define this macro, it is used in
5284place of @code{ASM_OUTPUT_COMMON}, and gives you more flexibility in
5285handling the required alignment of the variable.  The alignment is specified
5286as the number of bits.
5287@end defmac
5288
5289@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_DECL_COMMON (@var{stream}, @var{decl}, @var{name}, @var{size}, @var{alignment})
5290Like @code{ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_COMMON} except that @var{decl} of the
5291variable to be output, if there is one, or @code{NULL_TREE} if there
5292is no corresponding variable.  If you define this macro, GCC will use it
5293in place of both @code{ASM_OUTPUT_COMMON} and
5294@code{ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_COMMON}.  Define this macro when you need to see
5295the variable's decl in order to chose what to output.
5296@end defmac
5297
5298@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_BSS (@var{stream}, @var{decl}, @var{name}, @var{size}, @var{alignment})
5299A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5300@var{stream} the assembler definition of uninitialized global @var{decl} named
5301@var{name} whose size is @var{size} bytes.  The variable @var{alignment}
5302is the alignment specified as the number of bits.
5303
5304Try to use function @code{asm_output_aligned_bss} defined in file
5305@file{varasm.c} when defining this macro.  If unable, use the expression
5306@code{assemble_name (@var{stream}, @var{name})} to output the name itself;
5307before and after that, output the additional assembler syntax for defining
5308the name, and a newline.
5309
5310There are two ways of handling global BSS@.  One is to define this macro.
5311The other is to have @code{TARGET_ASM_SELECT_SECTION} return a
5312switchable BSS section (@pxref{TARGET_HAVE_SWITCHABLE_BSS_SECTIONS}).
5313You do not need to do both.
5314
5315Some languages do not have @code{common} data, and require a
5316non-common form of global BSS in order to handle uninitialized globals
5317efficiently.  C++ is one example of this.  However, if the target does
5318not support global BSS, the front end may choose to make globals
5319common in order to save space in the object file.
5320@end defmac
5321
5322@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_LOCAL (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{size}, @var{rounded})
5323A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5324@var{stream} the assembler definition of a local-common-label named
5325@var{name} whose size is @var{size} bytes.  The variable @var{rounded}
5326is the size rounded up to whatever alignment the caller wants.
5327
5328Use the expression @code{assemble_name (@var{stream}, @var{name})} to
5329output the name itself; before and after that, output the additional
5330assembler syntax for defining the name, and a newline.
5331
5332This macro controls how the assembler definitions of uninitialized
5333static variables are output.
5334@end defmac
5335
5336@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_LOCAL (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{size}, @var{alignment})
5337Like @code{ASM_OUTPUT_LOCAL} except takes the required alignment as a
5338separate, explicit argument.  If you define this macro, it is used in
5339place of @code{ASM_OUTPUT_LOCAL}, and gives you more flexibility in
5340handling the required alignment of the variable.  The alignment is specified
5341as the number of bits.
5342@end defmac
5343
5344@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_DECL_LOCAL (@var{stream}, @var{decl}, @var{name}, @var{size}, @var{alignment})
5345Like @code{ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_LOCAL} except that @var{decl} of the
5346variable to be output, if there is one, or @code{NULL_TREE} if there
5347is no corresponding variable.  If you define this macro, GCC will use it
5348in place of both @code{ASM_OUTPUT_LOCAL} and
5349@code{ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_LOCAL}.  Define this macro when you need to see
5350the variable's decl in order to chose what to output.
5351@end defmac
5352
5353@node Label Output
5354@subsection Output and Generation of Labels
5355
5356@c prevent bad page break with this line
5357This is about outputting labels.
5358
5359@findex assemble_name
5360@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (@var{stream}, @var{name})
5361A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5362@var{stream} the assembler definition of a label named @var{name}.
5363Use the expression @code{assemble_name (@var{stream}, @var{name})} to
5364output the name itself; before and after that, output the additional
5365assembler syntax for defining the name, and a newline.  A default
5366definition of this macro is provided which is correct for most systems.
5367@end defmac
5368
5369@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_FUNCTION_LABEL (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{decl})
5370A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5371@var{stream} the assembler definition of a label named @var{name} of
5372a function.
5373Use the expression @code{assemble_name (@var{stream}, @var{name})} to
5374output the name itself; before and after that, output the additional
5375assembler syntax for defining the name, and a newline.  A default
5376definition of this macro is provided which is correct for most systems.
5377
5378If this macro is not defined, then the function name is defined in the
5379usual manner as a label (by means of @code{ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL}).
5380@end defmac
5381
5382@findex assemble_name_raw
5383@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_INTERNAL_LABEL (@var{stream}, @var{name})
5384Identical to @code{ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL}, except that @var{name} is known
5385to refer to a compiler-generated label.  The default definition uses
5386@code{assemble_name_raw}, which is like @code{assemble_name} except
5387that it is more efficient.
5388@end defmac
5389
5390@defmac SIZE_ASM_OP
5391A C string containing the appropriate assembler directive to specify the
5392size of a symbol, without any arguments.  On systems that use ELF, the
5393default (in @file{config/elfos.h}) is @samp{"\t.size\t"}; on other
5394systems, the default is not to define this macro.
5395
5396Define this macro only if it is correct to use the default definitions
5397of @code{ASM_OUTPUT_SIZE_DIRECTIVE} and @code{ASM_OUTPUT_MEASURED_SIZE}
5398for your system.  If you need your own custom definitions of those
5399macros, or if you do not need explicit symbol sizes at all, do not
5400define this macro.
5401@end defmac
5402
5403@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_SIZE_DIRECTIVE (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{size})
5404A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5405@var{stream} a directive telling the assembler that the size of the
5406symbol @var{name} is @var{size}.  @var{size} is a @code{HOST_WIDE_INT}.
5407If you define @code{SIZE_ASM_OP}, a default definition of this macro is
5408provided.
5409@end defmac
5410
5411@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_MEASURED_SIZE (@var{stream}, @var{name})
5412A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5413@var{stream} a directive telling the assembler to calculate the size of
5414the symbol @var{name} by subtracting its address from the current
5415address.
5416
5417If you define @code{SIZE_ASM_OP}, a default definition of this macro is
5418provided.  The default assumes that the assembler recognizes a special
5419@samp{.} symbol as referring to the current address, and can calculate
5420the difference between this and another symbol.  If your assembler does
5421not recognize @samp{.} or cannot do calculations with it, you will need
5422to redefine @code{ASM_OUTPUT_MEASURED_SIZE} to use some other technique.
5423@end defmac
5424
5425@defmac NO_DOLLAR_IN_LABEL
5426Define this macro if the assembler does not accept the character
5427@samp{$} in label names.  By default constructors and destructors in
5428G++ have @samp{$} in the identifiers.  If this macro is defined,
5429@samp{.} is used instead.
5430@end defmac
5431
5432@defmac NO_DOT_IN_LABEL
5433Define this macro if the assembler does not accept the character
5434@samp{.} in label names.  By default constructors and destructors in G++
5435have names that use @samp{.}.  If this macro is defined, these names
5436are rewritten to avoid @samp{.}.
5437@end defmac
5438
5439@defmac TYPE_ASM_OP
5440A C string containing the appropriate assembler directive to specify the
5441type of a symbol, without any arguments.  On systems that use ELF, the
5442default (in @file{config/elfos.h}) is @samp{"\t.type\t"}; on other
5443systems, the default is not to define this macro.
5444
5445Define this macro only if it is correct to use the default definition of
5446@code{ASM_OUTPUT_TYPE_DIRECTIVE} for your system.  If you need your own
5447custom definition of this macro, or if you do not need explicit symbol
5448types at all, do not define this macro.
5449@end defmac
5450
5451@defmac TYPE_OPERAND_FMT
5452A C string which specifies (using @code{printf} syntax) the format of
5453the second operand to @code{TYPE_ASM_OP}.  On systems that use ELF, the
5454default (in @file{config/elfos.h}) is @samp{"@@%s"}; on other systems,
5455the default is not to define this macro.
5456
5457Define this macro only if it is correct to use the default definition of
5458@code{ASM_OUTPUT_TYPE_DIRECTIVE} for your system.  If you need your own
5459custom definition of this macro, or if you do not need explicit symbol
5460types at all, do not define this macro.
5461@end defmac
5462
5463@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_TYPE_DIRECTIVE (@var{stream}, @var{type})
5464A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5465@var{stream} a directive telling the assembler that the type of the
5466symbol @var{name} is @var{type}.  @var{type} is a C string; currently,
5467that string is always either @samp{"function"} or @samp{"object"}, but
5468you should not count on this.
5469
5470If you define @code{TYPE_ASM_OP} and @code{TYPE_OPERAND_FMT}, a default
5471definition of this macro is provided.
5472@end defmac
5473
5474@defmac ASM_DECLARE_FUNCTION_NAME (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{decl})
5475A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5476@var{stream} any text necessary for declaring the name @var{name} of a
5477function which is being defined.  This macro is responsible for
5478outputting the label definition (perhaps using
5479@code{ASM_OUTPUT_FUNCTION_LABEL}).  The argument @var{decl} is the
5480@code{FUNCTION_DECL} tree node representing the function.
5481
5482If this macro is not defined, then the function name is defined in the
5483usual manner as a label (by means of @code{ASM_OUTPUT_FUNCTION_LABEL}).
5484
5485You may wish to use @code{ASM_OUTPUT_TYPE_DIRECTIVE} in the definition
5486of this macro.
5487@end defmac
5488
5489@defmac ASM_DECLARE_FUNCTION_SIZE (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{decl})
5490A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5491@var{stream} any text necessary for declaring the size of a function
5492which is being defined.  The argument @var{name} is the name of the
5493function.  The argument @var{decl} is the @code{FUNCTION_DECL} tree node
5494representing the function.
5495
5496If this macro is not defined, then the function size is not defined.
5497
5498You may wish to use @code{ASM_OUTPUT_MEASURED_SIZE} in the definition
5499of this macro.
5500@end defmac
5501
5502@defmac ASM_DECLARE_COLD_FUNCTION_NAME (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{decl})
5503A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5504@var{stream} any text necessary for declaring the name @var{name} of a
5505cold function partition which is being defined.  This macro is responsible
5506for outputting the label definition (perhaps using
5507@code{ASM_OUTPUT_FUNCTION_LABEL}).  The argument @var{decl} is the
5508@code{FUNCTION_DECL} tree node representing the function.
5509
5510If this macro is not defined, then the cold partition name is defined in the
5511usual manner as a label (by means of @code{ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL}).
5512
5513You may wish to use @code{ASM_OUTPUT_TYPE_DIRECTIVE} in the definition
5514of this macro.
5515@end defmac
5516
5517@defmac ASM_DECLARE_COLD_FUNCTION_SIZE (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{decl})
5518A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5519@var{stream} any text necessary for declaring the size of a cold function
5520partition which is being defined.  The argument @var{name} is the name of the
5521cold partition of the function.  The argument @var{decl} is the
5522@code{FUNCTION_DECL} tree node representing the function.
5523
5524If this macro is not defined, then the partition size is not defined.
5525
5526You may wish to use @code{ASM_OUTPUT_MEASURED_SIZE} in the definition
5527of this macro.
5528@end defmac
5529
5530@defmac ASM_DECLARE_OBJECT_NAME (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{decl})
5531A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5532@var{stream} any text necessary for declaring the name @var{name} of an
5533initialized variable which is being defined.  This macro must output the
5534label definition (perhaps using @code{ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL}).  The argument
5535@var{decl} is the @code{VAR_DECL} tree node representing the variable.
5536
5537If this macro is not defined, then the variable name is defined in the
5538usual manner as a label (by means of @code{ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL}).
5539
5540You may wish to use @code{ASM_OUTPUT_TYPE_DIRECTIVE} and/or
5541@code{ASM_OUTPUT_SIZE_DIRECTIVE} in the definition of this macro.
5542@end defmac
5543
5544@hook TARGET_ASM_DECLARE_CONSTANT_NAME
5545
5546@defmac ASM_DECLARE_REGISTER_GLOBAL (@var{stream}, @var{decl}, @var{regno}, @var{name})
5547A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5548@var{stream} any text necessary for claiming a register @var{regno}
5549for a global variable @var{decl} with name @var{name}.
5550
5551If you don't define this macro, that is equivalent to defining it to do
5552nothing.
5553@end defmac
5554
5555@defmac ASM_FINISH_DECLARE_OBJECT (@var{stream}, @var{decl}, @var{toplevel}, @var{atend})
5556A C statement (sans semicolon) to finish up declaring a variable name
5557once the compiler has processed its initializer fully and thus has had a
5558chance to determine the size of an array when controlled by an
5559initializer.  This is used on systems where it's necessary to declare
5560something about the size of the object.
5561
5562If you don't define this macro, that is equivalent to defining it to do
5563nothing.
5564
5565You may wish to use @code{ASM_OUTPUT_SIZE_DIRECTIVE} and/or
5566@code{ASM_OUTPUT_MEASURED_SIZE} in the definition of this macro.
5567@end defmac
5568
5569@hook TARGET_ASM_GLOBALIZE_LABEL
5570
5571@hook TARGET_ASM_GLOBALIZE_DECL_NAME
5572
5573@hook TARGET_ASM_ASSEMBLE_UNDEFINED_DECL
5574
5575@defmac ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL (@var{stream}, @var{name})
5576A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5577@var{stream} some commands that will make the label @var{name} weak;
5578that is, available for reference from other files but only used if
5579no other definition is available.  Use the expression
5580@code{assemble_name (@var{stream}, @var{name})} to output the name
5581itself; before and after that, output the additional assembler syntax
5582for making that name weak, and a newline.
5583
5584If you don't define this macro or @code{ASM_WEAKEN_DECL}, GCC will not
5585support weak symbols and you should not define the @code{SUPPORTS_WEAK}
5586macro.
5587@end defmac
5588
5589@defmac ASM_WEAKEN_DECL (@var{stream}, @var{decl}, @var{name}, @var{value})
5590Combines (and replaces) the function of @code{ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL} and
5591@code{ASM_OUTPUT_WEAK_ALIAS}, allowing access to the associated function
5592or variable decl.  If @var{value} is not @code{NULL}, this C statement
5593should output to the stdio stream @var{stream} assembler code which
5594defines (equates) the weak symbol @var{name} to have the value
5595@var{value}.  If @var{value} is @code{NULL}, it should output commands
5596to make @var{name} weak.
5597@end defmac
5598
5599@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_WEAKREF (@var{stream}, @var{decl}, @var{name}, @var{value})
5600Outputs a directive that enables @var{name} to be used to refer to
5601symbol @var{value} with weak-symbol semantics.  @code{decl} is the
5602declaration of @code{name}.
5603@end defmac
5604
5605@defmac SUPPORTS_WEAK
5606A preprocessor constant expression which evaluates to true if the target
5607supports weak symbols.
5608
5609If you don't define this macro, @file{defaults.h} provides a default
5610definition.  If either @code{ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL} or @code{ASM_WEAKEN_DECL}
5611is defined, the default definition is @samp{1}; otherwise, it is @samp{0}.
5612@end defmac
5613
5614@defmac TARGET_SUPPORTS_WEAK
5615A C expression which evaluates to true if the target supports weak symbols.
5616
5617If you don't define this macro, @file{defaults.h} provides a default
5618definition.  The default definition is @samp{(SUPPORTS_WEAK)}.  Define
5619this macro if you want to control weak symbol support with a compiler
5620flag such as @option{-melf}.
5621@end defmac
5622
5623@defmac MAKE_DECL_ONE_ONLY (@var{decl})
5624A C statement (sans semicolon) to mark @var{decl} to be emitted as a
5625public symbol such that extra copies in multiple translation units will
5626be discarded by the linker.  Define this macro if your object file
5627format provides support for this concept, such as the @samp{COMDAT}
5628section flags in the Microsoft Windows PE/COFF format, and this support
5629requires changes to @var{decl}, such as putting it in a separate section.
5630@end defmac
5631
5632@defmac SUPPORTS_ONE_ONLY
5633A C expression which evaluates to true if the target supports one-only
5634semantics.
5635
5636If you don't define this macro, @file{varasm.c} provides a default
5637definition.  If @code{MAKE_DECL_ONE_ONLY} is defined, the default
5638definition is @samp{1}; otherwise, it is @samp{0}.  Define this macro if
5639you want to control one-only symbol support with a compiler flag, or if
5640setting the @code{DECL_ONE_ONLY} flag is enough to mark a declaration to
5641be emitted as one-only.
5642@end defmac
5643
5644@hook TARGET_ASM_ASSEMBLE_VISIBILITY
5645
5646@defmac TARGET_WEAK_NOT_IN_ARCHIVE_TOC
5647A C expression that evaluates to true if the target's linker expects
5648that weak symbols do not appear in a static archive's table of contents.
5649The default is @code{0}.
5650
5651Leaving weak symbols out of an archive's table of contents means that,
5652if a symbol will only have a definition in one translation unit and
5653will have undefined references from other translation units, that
5654symbol should not be weak.  Defining this macro to be nonzero will
5655thus have the effect that certain symbols that would normally be weak
5656(explicit template instantiations, and vtables for polymorphic classes
5657with noninline key methods) will instead be nonweak.
5658
5659The C++ ABI requires this macro to be zero.  Define this macro for
5660targets where full C++ ABI compliance is impossible and where linker
5661restrictions require weak symbols to be left out of a static archive's
5662table of contents.
5663@end defmac
5664
5665@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_EXTERNAL (@var{stream}, @var{decl}, @var{name})
5666A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5667@var{stream} any text necessary for declaring the name of an external
5668symbol named @var{name} which is referenced in this compilation but
5669not defined.  The value of @var{decl} is the tree node for the
5670declaration.
5671
5672This macro need not be defined if it does not need to output anything.
5673The GNU assembler and most Unix assemblers don't require anything.
5674@end defmac
5675
5676@hook TARGET_ASM_EXTERNAL_LIBCALL
5677
5678@hook TARGET_ASM_MARK_DECL_PRESERVED
5679
5680@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF (@var{stream}, @var{name})
5681A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5682@var{stream} a reference in assembler syntax to a label named
5683@var{name}.  This should add @samp{_} to the front of the name, if that
5684is customary on your operating system, as it is in most Berkeley Unix
5685systems.  This macro is used in @code{assemble_name}.
5686@end defmac
5687
5688@hook TARGET_MANGLE_ASSEMBLER_NAME
5689
5690@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_SYMBOL_REF (@var{stream}, @var{sym})
5691A C statement (sans semicolon) to output a reference to
5692@code{SYMBOL_REF} @var{sym}.  If not defined, @code{assemble_name}
5693will be used to output the name of the symbol.  This macro may be used
5694to modify the way a symbol is referenced depending on information
5695encoded by @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO}.
5696@end defmac
5697
5698@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL_REF (@var{stream}, @var{buf})
5699A C statement (sans semicolon) to output a reference to @var{buf}, the
5700result of @code{ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL}.  If not defined,
5701@code{assemble_name} will be used to output the name of the symbol.
5702This macro is not used by @code{output_asm_label}, or the @code{%l}
5703specifier that calls it; the intention is that this macro should be set
5704when it is necessary to output a label differently when its address is
5705being taken.
5706@end defmac
5707
5708@hook TARGET_ASM_INTERNAL_LABEL
5709
5710@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (@var{stream}, @var{prefix}, @var{num})
5711A C statement to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} a debug info
5712label whose name is made from the string @var{prefix} and the number
5713@var{num}.  This is useful for VLIW targets, where debug info labels
5714may need to be treated differently than branch target labels.  On some
5715systems, branch target labels must be at the beginning of instruction
5716bundles, but debug info labels can occur in the middle of instruction
5717bundles.
5718
5719If this macro is not defined, then @code{(*targetm.asm_out.internal_label)} will be
5720used.
5721@end defmac
5722
5723@defmac ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (@var{string}, @var{prefix}, @var{num})
5724A C statement to store into the string @var{string} a label whose name
5725is made from the string @var{prefix} and the number @var{num}.
5726
5727This string, when output subsequently by @code{assemble_name}, should
5728produce the output that @code{(*targetm.asm_out.internal_label)} would produce
5729with the same @var{prefix} and @var{num}.
5730
5731If the string begins with @samp{*}, then @code{assemble_name} will
5732output the rest of the string unchanged.  It is often convenient for
5733@code{ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL} to use @samp{*} in this way.  If the
5734string doesn't start with @samp{*}, then @code{ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF} gets
5735to output the string, and may change it.  (Of course,
5736@code{ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF} is also part of your machine description, so
5737you should know what it does on your machine.)
5738@end defmac
5739
5740@defmac ASM_FORMAT_PRIVATE_NAME (@var{outvar}, @var{name}, @var{number})
5741A C expression to assign to @var{outvar} (which is a variable of type
5742@code{char *}) a newly allocated string made from the string
5743@var{name} and the number @var{number}, with some suitable punctuation
5744added.  Use @code{alloca} to get space for the string.
5745
5746The string will be used as an argument to @code{ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF} to
5747produce an assembler label for an internal static variable whose name is
5748@var{name}.  Therefore, the string must be such as to result in valid
5749assembler code.  The argument @var{number} is different each time this
5750macro is executed; it prevents conflicts between similarly-named
5751internal static variables in different scopes.
5752
5753Ideally this string should not be a valid C identifier, to prevent any
5754conflict with the user's own symbols.  Most assemblers allow periods
5755or percent signs in assembler symbols; putting at least one of these
5756between the name and the number will suffice.
5757
5758If this macro is not defined, a default definition will be provided
5759which is correct for most systems.
5760@end defmac
5761
5762@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_DEF (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{value})
5763A C statement to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} assembler code
5764which defines (equates) the symbol @var{name} to have the value @var{value}.
5765
5766@findex SET_ASM_OP
5767If @code{SET_ASM_OP} is defined, a default definition is provided which is
5768correct for most systems.
5769@end defmac
5770
5771@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_DEF_FROM_DECLS (@var{stream}, @var{decl_of_name}, @var{decl_of_value})
5772A C statement to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} assembler code
5773which defines (equates) the symbol whose tree node is @var{decl_of_name}
5774to have the value of the tree node @var{decl_of_value}.  This macro will
5775be used in preference to @samp{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF} if it is defined and if
5776the tree nodes are available.
5777
5778@findex SET_ASM_OP
5779If @code{SET_ASM_OP} is defined, a default definition is provided which is
5780correct for most systems.
5781@end defmac
5782
5783@defmac TARGET_DEFERRED_OUTPUT_DEFS (@var{decl_of_name}, @var{decl_of_value})
5784A C statement that evaluates to true if the assembler code which defines
5785(equates) the symbol whose tree node is @var{decl_of_name} to have the value
5786of the tree node @var{decl_of_value} should be emitted near the end of the
5787current compilation unit.  The default is to not defer output of defines.
5788This macro affects defines output by @samp{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF} and
5789@samp{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF_FROM_DECLS}.
5790@end defmac
5791
5792@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_WEAK_ALIAS (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{value})
5793A C statement to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} assembler code
5794which defines (equates) the weak symbol @var{name} to have the value
5795@var{value}.  If @var{value} is @code{NULL}, it defines @var{name} as
5796an undefined weak symbol.
5797
5798Define this macro if the target only supports weak aliases; define
5799@code{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF} instead if possible.
5800@end defmac
5801
5802@defmac OBJC_GEN_METHOD_LABEL (@var{buf}, @var{is_inst}, @var{class_name}, @var{cat_name}, @var{sel_name})
5803Define this macro to override the default assembler names used for
5804Objective-C methods.
5805
5806The default name is a unique method number followed by the name of the
5807class (e.g.@: @samp{_1_Foo}).  For methods in categories, the name of
5808the category is also included in the assembler name (e.g.@:
5809@samp{_1_Foo_Bar}).
5810
5811These names are safe on most systems, but make debugging difficult since
5812the method's selector is not present in the name.  Therefore, particular
5813systems define other ways of computing names.
5814
5815@var{buf} is an expression of type @code{char *} which gives you a
5816buffer in which to store the name; its length is as long as
5817@var{class_name}, @var{cat_name} and @var{sel_name} put together, plus
581850 characters extra.
5819
5820The argument @var{is_inst} specifies whether the method is an instance
5821method or a class method; @var{class_name} is the name of the class;
5822@var{cat_name} is the name of the category (or @code{NULL} if the method is not
5823in a category); and @var{sel_name} is the name of the selector.
5824
5825On systems where the assembler can handle quoted names, you can use this
5826macro to provide more human-readable names.
5827@end defmac
5828
5829@node Initialization
5830@subsection How Initialization Functions Are Handled
5831@cindex initialization routines
5832@cindex termination routines
5833@cindex constructors, output of
5834@cindex destructors, output of
5835
5836The compiled code for certain languages includes @dfn{constructors}
5837(also called @dfn{initialization routines})---functions to initialize
5838data in the program when the program is started.  These functions need
5839to be called before the program is ``started''---that is to say, before
5840@code{main} is called.
5841
5842Compiling some languages generates @dfn{destructors} (also called
5843@dfn{termination routines}) that should be called when the program
5844terminates.
5845
5846To make the initialization and termination functions work, the compiler
5847must output something in the assembler code to cause those functions to
5848be called at the appropriate time.  When you port the compiler to a new
5849system, you need to specify how to do this.
5850
5851There are two major ways that GCC currently supports the execution of
5852initialization and termination functions.  Each way has two variants.
5853Much of the structure is common to all four variations.
5854
5855@findex __CTOR_LIST__
5856@findex __DTOR_LIST__
5857The linker must build two lists of these functions---a list of
5858initialization functions, called @code{__CTOR_LIST__}, and a list of
5859termination functions, called @code{__DTOR_LIST__}.
5860
5861Each list always begins with an ignored function pointer (which may hold
58620, @minus{}1, or a count of the function pointers after it, depending on
5863the environment).  This is followed by a series of zero or more function
5864pointers to constructors (or destructors), followed by a function
5865pointer containing zero.
5866
5867Depending on the operating system and its executable file format, either
5868@file{crtstuff.c} or @file{libgcc2.c} traverses these lists at startup
5869time and exit time.  Constructors are called in reverse order of the
5870list; destructors in forward order.
5871
5872The best way to handle static constructors works only for object file
5873formats which provide arbitrarily-named sections.  A section is set
5874aside for a list of constructors, and another for a list of destructors.
5875Traditionally these are called @samp{.ctors} and @samp{.dtors}.  Each
5876object file that defines an initialization function also puts a word in
5877the constructor section to point to that function.  The linker
5878accumulates all these words into one contiguous @samp{.ctors} section.
5879Termination functions are handled similarly.
5880
5881This method will be chosen as the default by @file{target-def.h} if
5882@code{TARGET_ASM_NAMED_SECTION} is defined.  A target that does not
5883support arbitrary sections, but does support special designated
5884constructor and destructor sections may define @code{CTORS_SECTION_ASM_OP}
5885and @code{DTORS_SECTION_ASM_OP} to achieve the same effect.
5886
5887When arbitrary sections are available, there are two variants, depending
5888upon how the code in @file{crtstuff.c} is called.  On systems that
5889support a @dfn{.init} section which is executed at program startup,
5890parts of @file{crtstuff.c} are compiled into that section.  The
5891program is linked by the @command{gcc} driver like this:
5892
5893@smallexample
5894ld -o @var{output_file} crti.o crtbegin.o @dots{} -lgcc crtend.o crtn.o
5895@end smallexample
5896
5897The prologue of a function (@code{__init}) appears in the @code{.init}
5898section of @file{crti.o}; the epilogue appears in @file{crtn.o}.  Likewise
5899for the function @code{__fini} in the @dfn{.fini} section.  Normally these
5900files are provided by the operating system or by the GNU C library, but
5901are provided by GCC for a few targets.
5902
5903The objects @file{crtbegin.o} and @file{crtend.o} are (for most targets)
5904compiled from @file{crtstuff.c}.  They contain, among other things, code
5905fragments within the @code{.init} and @code{.fini} sections that branch
5906to routines in the @code{.text} section.  The linker will pull all parts
5907of a section together, which results in a complete @code{__init} function
5908that invokes the routines we need at startup.
5909
5910To use this variant, you must define the @code{INIT_SECTION_ASM_OP}
5911macro properly.
5912
5913If no init section is available, when GCC compiles any function called
5914@code{main} (or more accurately, any function designated as a program
5915entry point by the language front end calling @code{expand_main_function}),
5916it inserts a procedure call to @code{__main} as the first executable code
5917after the function prologue.  The @code{__main} function is defined
5918in @file{libgcc2.c} and runs the global constructors.
5919
5920In file formats that don't support arbitrary sections, there are again
5921two variants.  In the simplest variant, the GNU linker (GNU @code{ld})
5922and an `a.out' format must be used.  In this case,
5923@code{TARGET_ASM_CONSTRUCTOR} is defined to produce a @code{.stabs}
5924entry of type @samp{N_SETT}, referencing the name @code{__CTOR_LIST__},
5925and with the address of the void function containing the initialization
5926code as its value.  The GNU linker recognizes this as a request to add
5927the value to a @dfn{set}; the values are accumulated, and are eventually
5928placed in the executable as a vector in the format described above, with
5929a leading (ignored) count and a trailing zero element.
5930@code{TARGET_ASM_DESTRUCTOR} is handled similarly.  Since no init
5931section is available, the absence of @code{INIT_SECTION_ASM_OP} causes
5932the compilation of @code{main} to call @code{__main} as above, starting
5933the initialization process.
5934
5935The last variant uses neither arbitrary sections nor the GNU linker.
5936This is preferable when you want to do dynamic linking and when using
5937file formats which the GNU linker does not support, such as `ECOFF'@.  In
5938this case, @code{TARGET_HAVE_CTORS_DTORS} is false, initialization and
5939termination functions are recognized simply by their names.  This requires
5940an extra program in the linkage step, called @command{collect2}.  This program
5941pretends to be the linker, for use with GCC; it does its job by running
5942the ordinary linker, but also arranges to include the vectors of
5943initialization and termination functions.  These functions are called
5944via @code{__main} as described above.  In order to use this method,
5945@code{use_collect2} must be defined in the target in @file{config.gcc}.
5946
5947@ifinfo
5948The following section describes the specific macros that control and
5949customize the handling of initialization and termination functions.
5950@end ifinfo
5951
5952@node Macros for Initialization
5953@subsection Macros Controlling Initialization Routines
5954
5955Here are the macros that control how the compiler handles initialization
5956and termination functions:
5957
5958@defmac INIT_SECTION_ASM_OP
5959If defined, a C string constant, including spacing, for the assembler
5960operation to identify the following data as initialization code.  If not
5961defined, GCC will assume such a section does not exist.  When you are
5962using special sections for initialization and termination functions, this
5963macro also controls how @file{crtstuff.c} and @file{libgcc2.c} arrange to
5964run the initialization functions.
5965@end defmac
5966
5967@defmac HAS_INIT_SECTION
5968If defined, @code{main} will not call @code{__main} as described above.
5969This macro should be defined for systems that control start-up code
5970on a symbol-by-symbol basis, such as OSF/1, and should not
5971be defined explicitly for systems that support @code{INIT_SECTION_ASM_OP}.
5972@end defmac
5973
5974@defmac LD_INIT_SWITCH
5975If defined, a C string constant for a switch that tells the linker that
5976the following symbol is an initialization routine.
5977@end defmac
5978
5979@defmac LD_FINI_SWITCH
5980If defined, a C string constant for a switch that tells the linker that
5981the following symbol is a finalization routine.
5982@end defmac
5983
5984@defmac COLLECT_SHARED_INIT_FUNC (@var{stream}, @var{func})
5985If defined, a C statement that will write a function that can be
5986automatically called when a shared library is loaded.  The function
5987should call @var{func}, which takes no arguments.  If not defined, and
5988the object format requires an explicit initialization function, then a
5989function called @code{_GLOBAL__DI} will be generated.
5990
5991This function and the following one are used by collect2 when linking a
5992shared library that needs constructors or destructors, or has DWARF2
5993exception tables embedded in the code.
5994@end defmac
5995
5996@defmac COLLECT_SHARED_FINI_FUNC (@var{stream}, @var{func})
5997If defined, a C statement that will write a function that can be
5998automatically called when a shared library is unloaded.  The function
5999should call @var{func}, which takes no arguments.  If not defined, and
6000the object format requires an explicit finalization function, then a
6001function called @code{_GLOBAL__DD} will be generated.
6002@end defmac
6003
6004@defmac INVOKE__main
6005If defined, @code{main} will call @code{__main} despite the presence of
6006@code{INIT_SECTION_ASM_OP}.  This macro should be defined for systems
6007where the init section is not actually run automatically, but is still
6008useful for collecting the lists of constructors and destructors.
6009@end defmac
6010
6011@defmac SUPPORTS_INIT_PRIORITY
6012If nonzero, the C++ @code{init_priority} attribute is supported and the
6013compiler should emit instructions to control the order of initialization
6014of objects.  If zero, the compiler will issue an error message upon
6015encountering an @code{init_priority} attribute.
6016@end defmac
6017
6018@hook TARGET_HAVE_CTORS_DTORS
6019
6020@hook TARGET_ASM_CONSTRUCTOR
6021
6022@hook TARGET_ASM_DESTRUCTOR
6023
6024If @code{TARGET_HAVE_CTORS_DTORS} is true, the initialization routine
6025generated for the generated object file will have static linkage.
6026
6027If your system uses @command{collect2} as the means of processing
6028constructors, then that program normally uses @command{nm} to scan
6029an object file for constructor functions to be called.
6030
6031On certain kinds of systems, you can define this macro to make
6032@command{collect2} work faster (and, in some cases, make it work at all):
6033
6034@defmac OBJECT_FORMAT_COFF
6035Define this macro if the system uses COFF (Common Object File Format)
6036object files, so that @command{collect2} can assume this format and scan
6037object files directly for dynamic constructor/destructor functions.
6038
6039This macro is effective only in a native compiler; @command{collect2} as
6040part of a cross compiler always uses @command{nm} for the target machine.
6041@end defmac
6042
6043@defmac REAL_NM_FILE_NAME
6044Define this macro as a C string constant containing the file name to use
6045to execute @command{nm}.  The default is to search the path normally for
6046@command{nm}.
6047@end defmac
6048
6049@defmac NM_FLAGS
6050@command{collect2} calls @command{nm} to scan object files for static
6051constructors and destructors and LTO info.  By default, @option{-n} is
6052passed.  Define @code{NM_FLAGS} to a C string constant if other options
6053are needed to get the same output format as GNU @command{nm -n}
6054produces.
6055@end defmac
6056
6057If your system supports shared libraries and has a program to list the
6058dynamic dependencies of a given library or executable, you can define
6059these macros to enable support for running initialization and
6060termination functions in shared libraries:
6061
6062@defmac LDD_SUFFIX
6063Define this macro to a C string constant containing the name of the program
6064which lists dynamic dependencies, like @command{ldd} under SunOS 4.
6065@end defmac
6066
6067@defmac PARSE_LDD_OUTPUT (@var{ptr})
6068Define this macro to be C code that extracts filenames from the output
6069of the program denoted by @code{LDD_SUFFIX}.  @var{ptr} is a variable
6070of type @code{char *} that points to the beginning of a line of output
6071from @code{LDD_SUFFIX}.  If the line lists a dynamic dependency, the
6072code must advance @var{ptr} to the beginning of the filename on that
6073line.  Otherwise, it must set @var{ptr} to @code{NULL}.
6074@end defmac
6075
6076@defmac SHLIB_SUFFIX
6077Define this macro to a C string constant containing the default shared
6078library extension of the target (e.g., @samp{".so"}).  @command{collect2}
6079strips version information after this suffix when generating global
6080constructor and destructor names.  This define is only needed on targets
6081that use @command{collect2} to process constructors and destructors.
6082@end defmac
6083
6084@node Instruction Output
6085@subsection Output of Assembler Instructions
6086
6087@c prevent bad page break with this line
6088This describes assembler instruction output.
6089
6090@defmac REGISTER_NAMES
6091A C initializer containing the assembler's names for the machine
6092registers, each one as a C string constant.  This is what translates
6093register numbers in the compiler into assembler language.
6094@end defmac
6095
6096@defmac ADDITIONAL_REGISTER_NAMES
6097If defined, a C initializer for an array of structures containing a name
6098and a register number.  This macro defines additional names for hard
6099registers, thus allowing the @code{asm} option in declarations to refer
6100to registers using alternate names.
6101@end defmac
6102
6103@defmac OVERLAPPING_REGISTER_NAMES
6104If defined, a C initializer for an array of structures containing a
6105name, a register number and a count of the number of consecutive
6106machine registers the name overlaps.  This macro defines additional
6107names for hard registers, thus allowing the @code{asm} option in
6108declarations to refer to registers using alternate names.  Unlike
6109@code{ADDITIONAL_REGISTER_NAMES}, this macro should be used when the
6110register name implies multiple underlying registers.
6111
6112This macro should be used when it is important that a clobber in an
6113@code{asm} statement clobbers all the underlying values implied by the
6114register name.  For example, on ARM, clobbering the double-precision
6115VFP register ``d0'' implies clobbering both single-precision registers
6116``s0'' and ``s1''.
6117@end defmac
6118
6119@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_OPCODE (@var{stream}, @var{ptr})
6120Define this macro if you are using an unusual assembler that
6121requires different names for the machine instructions.
6122
6123The definition is a C statement or statements which output an
6124assembler instruction opcode to the stdio stream @var{stream}.  The
6125macro-operand @var{ptr} is a variable of type @code{char *} which
6126points to the opcode name in its ``internal'' form---the form that is
6127written in the machine description.  The definition should output the
6128opcode name to @var{stream}, performing any translation you desire, and
6129increment the variable @var{ptr} to point at the end of the opcode
6130so that it will not be output twice.
6131
6132In fact, your macro definition may process less than the entire opcode
6133name, or more than the opcode name; but if you want to process text
6134that includes @samp{%}-sequences to substitute operands, you must take
6135care of the substitution yourself.  Just be sure to increment
6136@var{ptr} over whatever text should not be output normally.
6137
6138@findex recog_data.operand
6139If you need to look at the operand values, they can be found as the
6140elements of @code{recog_data.operand}.
6141
6142If the macro definition does nothing, the instruction is output
6143in the usual way.
6144@end defmac
6145
6146@defmac FINAL_PRESCAN_INSN (@var{insn}, @var{opvec}, @var{noperands})
6147If defined, a C statement to be executed just prior to the output of
6148assembler code for @var{insn}, to modify the extracted operands so
6149they will be output differently.
6150
6151Here the argument @var{opvec} is the vector containing the operands
6152extracted from @var{insn}, and @var{noperands} is the number of
6153elements of the vector which contain meaningful data for this insn.
6154The contents of this vector are what will be used to convert the insn
6155template into assembler code, so you can change the assembler output
6156by changing the contents of the vector.
6157
6158This macro is useful when various assembler syntaxes share a single
6159file of instruction patterns; by defining this macro differently, you
6160can cause a large class of instructions to be output differently (such
6161as with rearranged operands).  Naturally, variations in assembler
6162syntax affecting individual insn patterns ought to be handled by
6163writing conditional output routines in those patterns.
6164
6165If this macro is not defined, it is equivalent to a null statement.
6166@end defmac
6167
6168@hook TARGET_ASM_FINAL_POSTSCAN_INSN
6169
6170@defmac PRINT_OPERAND (@var{stream}, @var{x}, @var{code})
6171A C compound statement to output to stdio stream @var{stream} the
6172assembler syntax for an instruction operand @var{x}.  @var{x} is an
6173RTL expression.
6174
6175@var{code} is a value that can be used to specify one of several ways
6176of printing the operand.  It is used when identical operands must be
6177printed differently depending on the context.  @var{code} comes from
6178the @samp{%} specification that was used to request printing of the
6179operand.  If the specification was just @samp{%@var{digit}} then
6180@var{code} is 0; if the specification was @samp{%@var{ltr}
6181@var{digit}} then @var{code} is the ASCII code for @var{ltr}.
6182
6183@findex reg_names
6184If @var{x} is a register, this macro should print the register's name.
6185The names can be found in an array @code{reg_names} whose type is
6186@code{char *[]}.  @code{reg_names} is initialized from
6187@code{REGISTER_NAMES}.
6188
6189When the machine description has a specification @samp{%@var{punct}}
6190(a @samp{%} followed by a punctuation character), this macro is called
6191with a null pointer for @var{x} and the punctuation character for
6192@var{code}.
6193@end defmac
6194
6195@defmac PRINT_OPERAND_PUNCT_VALID_P (@var{code})
6196A C expression which evaluates to true if @var{code} is a valid
6197punctuation character for use in the @code{PRINT_OPERAND} macro.  If
6198@code{PRINT_OPERAND_PUNCT_VALID_P} is not defined, it means that no
6199punctuation characters (except for the standard one, @samp{%}) are used
6200in this way.
6201@end defmac
6202
6203@defmac PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS (@var{stream}, @var{x})
6204A C compound statement to output to stdio stream @var{stream} the
6205assembler syntax for an instruction operand that is a memory reference
6206whose address is @var{x}.  @var{x} is an RTL expression.
6207
6208@cindex @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} usage
6209On some machines, the syntax for a symbolic address depends on the
6210section that the address refers to.  On these machines, define the hook
6211@code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} to store the information into the
6212@code{symbol_ref}, and then check for it here.  @xref{Assembler
6213Format}.
6214@end defmac
6215
6216@findex dbr_sequence_length
6217@defmac DBR_OUTPUT_SEQEND (@var{file})
6218A C statement, to be executed after all slot-filler instructions have
6219been output.  If necessary, call @code{dbr_sequence_length} to
6220determine the number of slots filled in a sequence (zero if not
6221currently outputting a sequence), to decide how many no-ops to output,
6222or whatever.
6223
6224Don't define this macro if it has nothing to do, but it is helpful in
6225reading assembly output if the extent of the delay sequence is made
6226explicit (e.g.@: with white space).
6227@end defmac
6228
6229@findex final_sequence
6230Note that output routines for instructions with delay slots must be
6231prepared to deal with not being output as part of a sequence
6232(i.e.@: when the scheduling pass is not run, or when no slot fillers could be
6233found.)  The variable @code{final_sequence} is null when not
6234processing a sequence, otherwise it contains the @code{sequence} rtx
6235being output.
6236
6237@findex asm_fprintf
6238@defmac REGISTER_PREFIX
6239@defmacx LOCAL_LABEL_PREFIX
6240@defmacx USER_LABEL_PREFIX
6241@defmacx IMMEDIATE_PREFIX
6242If defined, C string expressions to be used for the @samp{%R}, @samp{%L},
6243@samp{%U}, and @samp{%I} options of @code{asm_fprintf} (see
6244@file{final.c}).  These are useful when a single @file{md} file must
6245support multiple assembler formats.  In that case, the various @file{tm.h}
6246files can define these macros differently.
6247@end defmac
6248
6249@defmac ASM_FPRINTF_EXTENSIONS (@var{file}, @var{argptr}, @var{format})
6250If defined this macro should expand to a series of @code{case}
6251statements which will be parsed inside the @code{switch} statement of
6252the @code{asm_fprintf} function.  This allows targets to define extra
6253printf formats which may useful when generating their assembler
6254statements.  Note that uppercase letters are reserved for future
6255generic extensions to asm_fprintf, and so are not available to target
6256specific code.  The output file is given by the parameter @var{file}.
6257The varargs input pointer is @var{argptr} and the rest of the format
6258string, starting the character after the one that is being switched
6259upon, is pointed to by @var{format}.
6260@end defmac
6261
6262@defmac ASSEMBLER_DIALECT
6263If your target supports multiple dialects of assembler language (such as
6264different opcodes), define this macro as a C expression that gives the
6265numeric index of the assembler language dialect to use, with zero as the
6266first variant.
6267
6268If this macro is defined, you may use constructs of the form
6269@smallexample
6270@samp{@{option0|option1|option2@dots{}@}}
6271@end smallexample
6272@noindent
6273in the output templates of patterns (@pxref{Output Template}) or in the
6274first argument of @code{asm_fprintf}.  This construct outputs
6275@samp{option0}, @samp{option1}, @samp{option2}, etc., if the value of
6276@code{ASSEMBLER_DIALECT} is zero, one, two, etc.  Any special characters
6277within these strings retain their usual meaning.  If there are fewer
6278alternatives within the braces than the value of
6279@code{ASSEMBLER_DIALECT}, the construct outputs nothing. If it's needed
6280to print curly braces or @samp{|} character in assembler output directly,
6281@samp{%@{}, @samp{%@}} and @samp{%|} can be used.
6282
6283If you do not define this macro, the characters @samp{@{}, @samp{|} and
6284@samp{@}} do not have any special meaning when used in templates or
6285operands to @code{asm_fprintf}.
6286
6287Define the macros @code{REGISTER_PREFIX}, @code{LOCAL_LABEL_PREFIX},
6288@code{USER_LABEL_PREFIX} and @code{IMMEDIATE_PREFIX} if you can express
6289the variations in assembler language syntax with that mechanism.  Define
6290@code{ASSEMBLER_DIALECT} and use the @samp{@{option0|option1@}} syntax
6291if the syntax variant are larger and involve such things as different
6292opcodes or operand order.
6293@end defmac
6294
6295@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_REG_PUSH (@var{stream}, @var{regno})
6296A C expression to output to @var{stream} some assembler code
6297which will push hard register number @var{regno} onto the stack.
6298The code need not be optimal, since this macro is used only when
6299profiling.
6300@end defmac
6301
6302@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_REG_POP (@var{stream}, @var{regno})
6303A C expression to output to @var{stream} some assembler code
6304which will pop hard register number @var{regno} off of the stack.
6305The code need not be optimal, since this macro is used only when
6306profiling.
6307@end defmac
6308
6309@node Dispatch Tables
6310@subsection Output of Dispatch Tables
6311
6312@c prevent bad page break with this line
6313This concerns dispatch tables.
6314
6315@cindex dispatch table
6316@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_ADDR_DIFF_ELT (@var{stream}, @var{body}, @var{value}, @var{rel})
6317A C statement to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} an assembler
6318pseudo-instruction to generate a difference between two labels.
6319@var{value} and @var{rel} are the numbers of two internal labels.  The
6320definitions of these labels are output using
6321@code{(*targetm.asm_out.internal_label)}, and they must be printed in the same
6322way here.  For example,
6323
6324@smallexample
6325fprintf (@var{stream}, "\t.word L%d-L%d\n",
6326         @var{value}, @var{rel})
6327@end smallexample
6328
6329You must provide this macro on machines where the addresses in a
6330dispatch table are relative to the table's own address.  If defined, GCC
6331will also use this macro on all machines when producing PIC@.
6332@var{body} is the body of the @code{ADDR_DIFF_VEC}; it is provided so that the
6333mode and flags can be read.
6334@end defmac
6335
6336@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_ADDR_VEC_ELT (@var{stream}, @var{value})
6337This macro should be provided on machines where the addresses
6338in a dispatch table are absolute.
6339
6340The definition should be a C statement to output to the stdio stream
6341@var{stream} an assembler pseudo-instruction to generate a reference to
6342a label.  @var{value} is the number of an internal label whose
6343definition is output using @code{(*targetm.asm_out.internal_label)}.
6344For example,
6345
6346@smallexample
6347fprintf (@var{stream}, "\t.word L%d\n", @var{value})
6348@end smallexample
6349@end defmac
6350
6351@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_CASE_LABEL (@var{stream}, @var{prefix}, @var{num}, @var{table})
6352Define this if the label before a jump-table needs to be output
6353specially.  The first three arguments are the same as for
6354@code{(*targetm.asm_out.internal_label)}; the fourth argument is the
6355jump-table which follows (a @code{jump_table_data} containing an
6356@code{addr_vec} or @code{addr_diff_vec}).
6357
6358This feature is used on system V to output a @code{swbeg} statement
6359for the table.
6360
6361If this macro is not defined, these labels are output with
6362@code{(*targetm.asm_out.internal_label)}.
6363@end defmac
6364
6365@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_CASE_END (@var{stream}, @var{num}, @var{table})
6366Define this if something special must be output at the end of a
6367jump-table.  The definition should be a C statement to be executed
6368after the assembler code for the table is written.  It should write
6369the appropriate code to stdio stream @var{stream}.  The argument
6370@var{table} is the jump-table insn, and @var{num} is the label-number
6371of the preceding label.
6372
6373If this macro is not defined, nothing special is output at the end of
6374the jump-table.
6375@end defmac
6376
6377@hook TARGET_ASM_EMIT_UNWIND_LABEL
6378
6379@hook TARGET_ASM_EMIT_EXCEPT_TABLE_LABEL
6380
6381@hook TARGET_ASM_EMIT_EXCEPT_PERSONALITY
6382
6383@hook TARGET_ASM_UNWIND_EMIT
6384
6385@hook TARGET_ASM_UNWIND_EMIT_BEFORE_INSN
6386
6387@node Exception Region Output
6388@subsection Assembler Commands for Exception Regions
6389
6390@c prevent bad page break with this line
6391
6392This describes commands marking the start and the end of an exception
6393region.
6394
6395@defmac EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
6396If defined, a C string constant for the name of the section containing
6397exception handling frame unwind information.  If not defined, GCC will
6398provide a default definition if the target supports named sections.
6399@file{crtstuff.c} uses this macro to switch to the appropriate section.
6400
6401You should define this symbol if your target supports DWARF 2 frame
6402unwind information and the default definition does not work.
6403@end defmac
6404
6405@defmac EH_FRAME_THROUGH_COLLECT2
6406If defined, DWARF 2 frame unwind information will identified by
6407specially named labels.  The collect2 process will locate these
6408labels and generate code to register the frames.
6409
6410This might be necessary, for instance, if the system linker will not
6411place the eh_frames in-between the sentinals from @file{crtstuff.c},
6412or if the system linker does garbage collection and sections cannot
6413be marked as not to be collected.
6414@end defmac
6415
6416@defmac EH_TABLES_CAN_BE_READ_ONLY
6417Define this macro to 1 if your target is such that no frame unwind
6418information encoding used with non-PIC code will ever require a
6419runtime relocation, but the linker may not support merging read-only
6420and read-write sections into a single read-write section.
6421@end defmac
6422
6423@defmac MASK_RETURN_ADDR
6424An rtx used to mask the return address found via @code{RETURN_ADDR_RTX}, so
6425that it does not contain any extraneous set bits in it.
6426@end defmac
6427
6428@defmac DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
6429Define this macro to 0 if your target supports DWARF 2 frame unwind
6430information, but it does not yet work with exception handling.
6431Otherwise, if your target supports this information (if it defines
6432@code{INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX} and @code{OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF}),
6433GCC will provide a default definition of 1.
6434@end defmac
6435
6436@hook TARGET_EXCEPT_UNWIND_INFO
6437This hook defines the mechanism that will be used for exception handling
6438by the target.  If the target has ABI specified unwind tables, the hook
6439should return @code{UI_TARGET}.  If the target is to use the
6440@code{setjmp}/@code{longjmp}-based exception handling scheme, the hook
6441should return @code{UI_SJLJ}.  If the target supports DWARF 2 frame unwind
6442information, the hook should return @code{UI_DWARF2}.
6443
6444A target may, if exceptions are disabled, choose to return @code{UI_NONE}.
6445This may end up simplifying other parts of target-specific code.  The
6446default implementation of this hook never returns @code{UI_NONE}.
6447
6448Note that the value returned by this hook should be constant.  It should
6449not depend on anything except the command-line switches described by
6450@var{opts}.  In particular, the
6451setting @code{UI_SJLJ} must be fixed at compiler start-up as C pre-processor
6452macros and builtin functions related to exception handling are set up
6453depending on this setting.
6454
6455The default implementation of the hook first honors the
6456@option{--enable-sjlj-exceptions} configure option, then
6457@code{DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO}, and finally defaults to @code{UI_SJLJ}.  If
6458@code{DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO} depends on command-line options, the target
6459must define this hook so that @var{opts} is used correctly.
6460@end deftypefn
6461
6462@hook TARGET_UNWIND_TABLES_DEFAULT
6463This variable should be set to @code{true} if the target ABI requires unwinding
6464tables even when exceptions are not used.  It must not be modified by
6465command-line option processing.
6466@end deftypevr
6467
6468@defmac DONT_USE_BUILTIN_SETJMP
6469Define this macro to 1 if the @code{setjmp}/@code{longjmp}-based scheme
6470should use the @code{setjmp}/@code{longjmp} functions from the C library
6471instead of the @code{__builtin_setjmp}/@code{__builtin_longjmp} machinery.
6472@end defmac
6473
6474@defmac JMP_BUF_SIZE
6475This macro has no effect unless @code{DONT_USE_BUILTIN_SETJMP} is also
6476defined.  Define this macro if the default size of @code{jmp_buf} buffer
6477for the @code{setjmp}/@code{longjmp}-based exception handling mechanism
6478is not large enough, or if it is much too large.
6479The default size is @code{FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER * sizeof(void *)}.
6480@end defmac
6481
6482@defmac DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
6483This macro need only be defined if the target might save registers in the
6484function prologue at an offset to the stack pointer that is not aligned to
6485@code{UNITS_PER_WORD}.  The definition should be the negative minimum
6486alignment if @code{STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD} is true, and the positive
6487minimum alignment otherwise.  @xref{DWARF}.  Only applicable if
6488the target supports DWARF 2 frame unwind information.
6489@end defmac
6490
6491@hook TARGET_TERMINATE_DW2_EH_FRAME_INFO
6492
6493@hook TARGET_DWARF_REGISTER_SPAN
6494
6495@hook TARGET_DWARF_FRAME_REG_MODE
6496
6497@hook TARGET_INIT_DWARF_REG_SIZES_EXTRA
6498
6499@hook TARGET_ASM_TTYPE
6500
6501@hook TARGET_ARM_EABI_UNWINDER
6502
6503@node Alignment Output
6504@subsection Assembler Commands for Alignment
6505
6506@c prevent bad page break with this line
6507This describes commands for alignment.
6508
6509@defmac JUMP_ALIGN (@var{label})
6510The alignment (log base 2) to put in front of @var{label}, which is
6511a common destination of jumps and has no fallthru incoming edge.
6512
6513This macro need not be defined if you don't want any special alignment
6514to be done at such a time.  Most machine descriptions do not currently
6515define the macro.
6516
6517Unless it's necessary to inspect the @var{label} parameter, it is better
6518to set the variable @var{align_jumps} in the target's
6519@code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE}.  Otherwise, you should try to honor the user's
6520selection in @var{align_jumps} in a @code{JUMP_ALIGN} implementation.
6521@end defmac
6522
6523@hook TARGET_ASM_JUMP_ALIGN_MAX_SKIP
6524
6525@defmac LABEL_ALIGN_AFTER_BARRIER (@var{label})
6526The alignment (log base 2) to put in front of @var{label}, which follows
6527a @code{BARRIER}.
6528
6529This macro need not be defined if you don't want any special alignment
6530to be done at such a time.  Most machine descriptions do not currently
6531define the macro.
6532@end defmac
6533
6534@hook TARGET_ASM_LABEL_ALIGN_AFTER_BARRIER_MAX_SKIP
6535
6536@defmac LOOP_ALIGN (@var{label})
6537The alignment (log base 2) to put in front of @var{label} that heads
6538a frequently executed basic block (usually the header of a loop).
6539
6540This macro need not be defined if you don't want any special alignment
6541to be done at such a time.  Most machine descriptions do not currently
6542define the macro.
6543
6544Unless it's necessary to inspect the @var{label} parameter, it is better
6545to set the variable @code{align_loops} in the target's
6546@code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE}.  Otherwise, you should try to honor the user's
6547selection in @code{align_loops} in a @code{LOOP_ALIGN} implementation.
6548@end defmac
6549
6550@hook TARGET_ASM_LOOP_ALIGN_MAX_SKIP
6551
6552@defmac LABEL_ALIGN (@var{label})
6553The alignment (log base 2) to put in front of @var{label}.
6554If @code{LABEL_ALIGN_AFTER_BARRIER} / @code{LOOP_ALIGN} specify a different alignment,
6555the maximum of the specified values is used.
6556
6557Unless it's necessary to inspect the @var{label} parameter, it is better
6558to set the variable @code{align_labels} in the target's
6559@code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE}.  Otherwise, you should try to honor the user's
6560selection in @code{align_labels} in a @code{LABEL_ALIGN} implementation.
6561@end defmac
6562
6563@hook TARGET_ASM_LABEL_ALIGN_MAX_SKIP
6564
6565@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP (@var{stream}, @var{nbytes})
6566A C statement to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} an assembler
6567instruction to advance the location counter by @var{nbytes} bytes.
6568Those bytes should be zero when loaded.  @var{nbytes} will be a C
6569expression of type @code{unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT}.
6570@end defmac
6571
6572@defmac ASM_NO_SKIP_IN_TEXT
6573Define this macro if @code{ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP} should not be used in the
6574text section because it fails to put zeros in the bytes that are skipped.
6575This is true on many Unix systems, where the pseudo--op to skip bytes
6576produces no-op instructions rather than zeros when used in the text
6577section.
6578@end defmac
6579
6580@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (@var{stream}, @var{power})
6581A C statement to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} an assembler
6582command to advance the location counter to a multiple of 2 to the
6583@var{power} bytes.  @var{power} will be a C expression of type @code{int}.
6584@end defmac
6585
6586@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN_WITH_NOP (@var{stream}, @var{power})
6587Like @code{ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN}, except that the ``nop'' instruction is used
6588for padding, if necessary.
6589@end defmac
6590
6591@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN (@var{stream}, @var{power}, @var{max_skip})
6592A C statement to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} an assembler
6593command to advance the location counter to a multiple of 2 to the
6594@var{power} bytes, but only if @var{max_skip} or fewer bytes are needed to
6595satisfy the alignment request.  @var{power} and @var{max_skip} will be
6596a C expression of type @code{int}.
6597@end defmac
6598
6599@need 3000
6600@node Debugging Info
6601@section Controlling Debugging Information Format
6602
6603@c prevent bad page break with this line
6604This describes how to specify debugging information.
6605
6606@menu
6607* All Debuggers::      Macros that affect all debugging formats uniformly.
6608* DBX Options::        Macros enabling specific options in DBX format.
6609* DBX Hooks::          Hook macros for varying DBX format.
6610* File Names and DBX:: Macros controlling output of file names in DBX format.
6611* DWARF::              Macros for DWARF format.
6612* VMS Debug::          Macros for VMS debug format.
6613@end menu
6614
6615@node All Debuggers
6616@subsection Macros Affecting All Debugging Formats
6617
6618@c prevent bad page break with this line
6619These macros affect all debugging formats.
6620
6621@defmac DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (@var{regno})
6622A C expression that returns the DBX register number for the compiler
6623register number @var{regno}.  In the default macro provided, the value
6624of this expression will be @var{regno} itself.  But sometimes there are
6625some registers that the compiler knows about and DBX does not, or vice
6626versa.  In such cases, some register may need to have one number in the
6627compiler and another for DBX@.
6628
6629If two registers have consecutive numbers inside GCC, and they can be
6630used as a pair to hold a multiword value, then they @emph{must} have
6631consecutive numbers after renumbering with @code{DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER}.
6632Otherwise, debuggers will be unable to access such a pair, because they
6633expect register pairs to be consecutive in their own numbering scheme.
6634
6635If you find yourself defining @code{DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER} in way that
6636does not preserve register pairs, then what you must do instead is
6637redefine the actual register numbering scheme.
6638@end defmac
6639
6640@defmac DEBUGGER_AUTO_OFFSET (@var{x})
6641A C expression that returns the integer offset value for an automatic
6642variable having address @var{x} (an RTL expression).  The default
6643computation assumes that @var{x} is based on the frame-pointer and
6644gives the offset from the frame-pointer.  This is required for targets
6645that produce debugging output for DBX and allow the frame-pointer to be
6646eliminated when the @option{-g} option is used.
6647@end defmac
6648
6649@defmac DEBUGGER_ARG_OFFSET (@var{offset}, @var{x})
6650A C expression that returns the integer offset value for an argument
6651having address @var{x} (an RTL expression).  The nominal offset is
6652@var{offset}.
6653@end defmac
6654
6655@defmac PREFERRED_DEBUGGING_TYPE
6656A C expression that returns the type of debugging output GCC should
6657produce when the user specifies just @option{-g}.  Define
6658this if you have arranged for GCC to support more than one format of
6659debugging output.  Currently, the allowable values are @code{DBX_DEBUG},
6660@code{DWARF2_DEBUG}, @code{XCOFF_DEBUG}, @code{VMS_DEBUG},
6661and @code{VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG}.
6662
6663When the user specifies @option{-ggdb}, GCC normally also uses the
6664value of this macro to select the debugging output format, but with two
6665exceptions.  If @code{DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO} is defined, GCC uses the
6666value @code{DWARF2_DEBUG}.  Otherwise, if @code{DBX_DEBUGGING_INFO} is
6667defined, GCC uses @code{DBX_DEBUG}.
6668
6669The value of this macro only affects the default debugging output; the
6670user can always get a specific type of output by using @option{-gstabs},
6671@option{-gdwarf-2}, @option{-gxcoff}, or @option{-gvms}.
6672@end defmac
6673
6674@node DBX Options
6675@subsection Specific Options for DBX Output
6676
6677@c prevent bad page break with this line
6678These are specific options for DBX output.
6679
6680@defmac DBX_DEBUGGING_INFO
6681Define this macro if GCC should produce debugging output for DBX
6682in response to the @option{-g} option.
6683@end defmac
6684
6685@defmac XCOFF_DEBUGGING_INFO
6686Define this macro if GCC should produce XCOFF format debugging output
6687in response to the @option{-g} option.  This is a variant of DBX format.
6688@end defmac
6689
6690@defmac DEFAULT_GDB_EXTENSIONS
6691Define this macro to control whether GCC should by default generate
6692GDB's extended version of DBX debugging information (assuming DBX-format
6693debugging information is enabled at all).  If you don't define the
6694macro, the default is 1: always generate the extended information
6695if there is any occasion to.
6696@end defmac
6697
6698@defmac DEBUG_SYMS_TEXT
6699Define this macro if all @code{.stabs} commands should be output while
6700in the text section.
6701@end defmac
6702
6703@defmac ASM_STABS_OP
6704A C string constant, including spacing, naming the assembler pseudo op to
6705use instead of @code{"\t.stabs\t"} to define an ordinary debugging symbol.
6706If you don't define this macro, @code{"\t.stabs\t"} is used.  This macro
6707applies only to DBX debugging information format.
6708@end defmac
6709
6710@defmac ASM_STABD_OP
6711A C string constant, including spacing, naming the assembler pseudo op to
6712use instead of @code{"\t.stabd\t"} to define a debugging symbol whose
6713value is the current location.  If you don't define this macro,
6714@code{"\t.stabd\t"} is used.  This macro applies only to DBX debugging
6715information format.
6716@end defmac
6717
6718@defmac ASM_STABN_OP
6719A C string constant, including spacing, naming the assembler pseudo op to
6720use instead of @code{"\t.stabn\t"} to define a debugging symbol with no
6721name.  If you don't define this macro, @code{"\t.stabn\t"} is used.  This
6722macro applies only to DBX debugging information format.
6723@end defmac
6724
6725@defmac DBX_NO_XREFS
6726Define this macro if DBX on your system does not support the construct
6727@samp{xs@var{tagname}}.  On some systems, this construct is used to
6728describe a forward reference to a structure named @var{tagname}.
6729On other systems, this construct is not supported at all.
6730@end defmac
6731
6732@defmac DBX_CONTIN_LENGTH
6733A symbol name in DBX-format debugging information is normally
6734continued (split into two separate @code{.stabs} directives) when it
6735exceeds a certain length (by default, 80 characters).  On some
6736operating systems, DBX requires this splitting; on others, splitting
6737must not be done.  You can inhibit splitting by defining this macro
6738with the value zero.  You can override the default splitting-length by
6739defining this macro as an expression for the length you desire.
6740@end defmac
6741
6742@defmac DBX_CONTIN_CHAR
6743Normally continuation is indicated by adding a @samp{\} character to
6744the end of a @code{.stabs} string when a continuation follows.  To use
6745a different character instead, define this macro as a character
6746constant for the character you want to use.  Do not define this macro
6747if backslash is correct for your system.
6748@end defmac
6749
6750@defmac DBX_STATIC_STAB_DATA_SECTION
6751Define this macro if it is necessary to go to the data section before
6752outputting the @samp{.stabs} pseudo-op for a non-global static
6753variable.
6754@end defmac
6755
6756@defmac DBX_TYPE_DECL_STABS_CODE
6757The value to use in the ``code'' field of the @code{.stabs} directive
6758for a typedef.  The default is @code{N_LSYM}.
6759@end defmac
6760
6761@defmac DBX_STATIC_CONST_VAR_CODE
6762The value to use in the ``code'' field of the @code{.stabs} directive
6763for a static variable located in the text section.  DBX format does not
6764provide any ``right'' way to do this.  The default is @code{N_FUN}.
6765@end defmac
6766
6767@defmac DBX_REGPARM_STABS_CODE
6768The value to use in the ``code'' field of the @code{.stabs} directive
6769for a parameter passed in registers.  DBX format does not provide any
6770``right'' way to do this.  The default is @code{N_RSYM}.
6771@end defmac
6772
6773@defmac DBX_REGPARM_STABS_LETTER
6774The letter to use in DBX symbol data to identify a symbol as a parameter
6775passed in registers.  DBX format does not customarily provide any way to
6776do this.  The default is @code{'P'}.
6777@end defmac
6778
6779@defmac DBX_FUNCTION_FIRST
6780Define this macro if the DBX information for a function and its
6781arguments should precede the assembler code for the function.  Normally,
6782in DBX format, the debugging information entirely follows the assembler
6783code.
6784@end defmac
6785
6786@defmac DBX_BLOCKS_FUNCTION_RELATIVE
6787Define this macro, with value 1, if the value of a symbol describing
6788the scope of a block (@code{N_LBRAC} or @code{N_RBRAC}) should be
6789relative to the start of the enclosing function.  Normally, GCC uses
6790an absolute address.
6791@end defmac
6792
6793@defmac DBX_LINES_FUNCTION_RELATIVE
6794Define this macro, with value 1, if the value of a symbol indicating
6795the current line number (@code{N_SLINE}) should be relative to the
6796start of the enclosing function.  Normally, GCC uses an absolute address.
6797@end defmac
6798
6799@defmac DBX_USE_BINCL
6800Define this macro if GCC should generate @code{N_BINCL} and
6801@code{N_EINCL} stabs for included header files, as on Sun systems.  This
6802macro also directs GCC to output a type number as a pair of a file
6803number and a type number within the file.  Normally, GCC does not
6804generate @code{N_BINCL} or @code{N_EINCL} stabs, and it outputs a single
6805number for a type number.
6806@end defmac
6807
6808@node DBX Hooks
6809@subsection Open-Ended Hooks for DBX Format
6810
6811@c prevent bad page break with this line
6812These are hooks for DBX format.
6813
6814@defmac DBX_OUTPUT_SOURCE_LINE (@var{stream}, @var{line}, @var{counter})
6815A C statement to output DBX debugging information before code for line
6816number @var{line} of the current source file to the stdio stream
6817@var{stream}.  @var{counter} is the number of time the macro was
6818invoked, including the current invocation; it is intended to generate
6819unique labels in the assembly output.
6820
6821This macro should not be defined if the default output is correct, or
6822if it can be made correct by defining @code{DBX_LINES_FUNCTION_RELATIVE}.
6823@end defmac
6824
6825@defmac NO_DBX_FUNCTION_END
6826Some stabs encapsulation formats (in particular ECOFF), cannot handle the
6827@code{.stabs "",N_FUN,,0,0,Lscope-function-1} gdb dbx extension construct.
6828On those machines, define this macro to turn this feature off without
6829disturbing the rest of the gdb extensions.
6830@end defmac
6831
6832@defmac NO_DBX_BNSYM_ENSYM
6833Some assemblers cannot handle the @code{.stabd BNSYM/ENSYM,0,0} gdb dbx
6834extension construct.  On those machines, define this macro to turn this
6835feature off without disturbing the rest of the gdb extensions.
6836@end defmac
6837
6838@node File Names and DBX
6839@subsection File Names in DBX Format
6840
6841@c prevent bad page break with this line
6842This describes file names in DBX format.
6843
6844@defmac DBX_OUTPUT_MAIN_SOURCE_FILENAME (@var{stream}, @var{name})
6845A C statement to output DBX debugging information to the stdio stream
6846@var{stream}, which indicates that file @var{name} is the main source
6847file---the file specified as the input file for compilation.
6848This macro is called only once, at the beginning of compilation.
6849
6850This macro need not be defined if the standard form of output
6851for DBX debugging information is appropriate.
6852
6853It may be necessary to refer to a label equal to the beginning of the
6854text section.  You can use @samp{assemble_name (stream, ltext_label_name)}
6855to do so.  If you do this, you must also set the variable
6856@var{used_ltext_label_name} to @code{true}.
6857@end defmac
6858
6859@defmac NO_DBX_MAIN_SOURCE_DIRECTORY
6860Define this macro, with value 1, if GCC should not emit an indication
6861of the current directory for compilation and current source language at
6862the beginning of the file.
6863@end defmac
6864
6865@defmac NO_DBX_GCC_MARKER
6866Define this macro, with value 1, if GCC should not emit an indication
6867that this object file was compiled by GCC@.  The default is to emit
6868an @code{N_OPT} stab at the beginning of every source file, with
6869@samp{gcc2_compiled.} for the string and value 0.
6870@end defmac
6871
6872@defmac DBX_OUTPUT_MAIN_SOURCE_FILE_END (@var{stream}, @var{name})
6873A C statement to output DBX debugging information at the end of
6874compilation of the main source file @var{name}.  Output should be
6875written to the stdio stream @var{stream}.
6876
6877If you don't define this macro, nothing special is output at the end
6878of compilation, which is correct for most machines.
6879@end defmac
6880
6881@defmac DBX_OUTPUT_NULL_N_SO_AT_MAIN_SOURCE_FILE_END
6882Define this macro @emph{instead of} defining
6883@code{DBX_OUTPUT_MAIN_SOURCE_FILE_END}, if what needs to be output at
6884the end of compilation is an @code{N_SO} stab with an empty string,
6885whose value is the highest absolute text address in the file.
6886@end defmac
6887
6888@need 2000
6889@node DWARF
6890@subsection Macros for DWARF Output
6891
6892@c prevent bad page break with this line
6893Here are macros for DWARF output.
6894
6895@defmac DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
6896Define this macro if GCC should produce dwarf version 2 format
6897debugging output in response to the @option{-g} option.
6898
6899@hook TARGET_DWARF_CALLING_CONVENTION
6900
6901To support optional call frame debugging information, you must also
6902define @code{INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX} and either set
6903@code{RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P} on the prologue insns if you use RTL for the
6904prologue, or call @code{dwarf2out_def_cfa} and @code{dwarf2out_reg_save}
6905as appropriate from @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE} if you don't.
6906@end defmac
6907
6908@defmac DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
6909Define this macro to a nonzero value if GCC should always output
6910Dwarf 2 frame information.  If @code{TARGET_EXCEPT_UNWIND_INFO}
6911(@pxref{Exception Region Output}) returns @code{UI_DWARF2}, and
6912exceptions are enabled, GCC will output this information not matter
6913how you define @code{DWARF2_FRAME_INFO}.
6914@end defmac
6915
6916@hook TARGET_DEBUG_UNWIND_INFO
6917
6918@defmac DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
6919Define this macro to be a nonzero value if the assembler can generate Dwarf 2
6920line debug info sections.  This will result in much more compact line number
6921tables, and hence is desirable if it works.
6922@end defmac
6923
6924@defmac DWARF2_ASM_VIEW_DEBUG_INFO
6925Define this macro to be a nonzero value if the assembler supports view
6926assignment and verification in @code{.loc}.  If it does not, but the
6927user enables location views, the compiler may have to fallback to
6928internal line number tables.
6929@end defmac
6930
6931@hook TARGET_RESET_LOCATION_VIEW
6932
6933@hook TARGET_WANT_DEBUG_PUB_SECTIONS
6934
6935@hook TARGET_DELAY_SCHED2
6936
6937@hook TARGET_DELAY_VARTRACK
6938
6939@hook TARGET_NO_REGISTER_ALLOCATION
6940
6941@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DELTA (@var{stream}, @var{size}, @var{label1}, @var{label2})
6942A C statement to issue assembly directives that create a difference
6943@var{lab1} minus @var{lab2}, using an integer of the given @var{size}.
6944@end defmac
6945
6946@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_VMS_DELTA (@var{stream}, @var{size}, @var{label1}, @var{label2})
6947A C statement to issue assembly directives that create a difference
6948between the two given labels in system defined units, e.g. instruction
6949slots on IA64 VMS, using an integer of the given size.
6950@end defmac
6951
6952@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_OFFSET (@var{stream}, @var{size}, @var{label}, @var{offset}, @var{section})
6953A C statement to issue assembly directives that create a
6954section-relative reference to the given @var{label} plus @var{offset}, using
6955an integer of the given @var{size}.  The label is known to be defined in the
6956given @var{section}.
6957@end defmac
6958
6959@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_PCREL (@var{stream}, @var{size}, @var{label})
6960A C statement to issue assembly directives that create a self-relative
6961reference to the given @var{label}, using an integer of the given @var{size}.
6962@end defmac
6963
6964@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATAREL (@var{stream}, @var{size}, @var{label})
6965A C statement to issue assembly directives that create a reference to the
6966given @var{label} relative to the dbase, using an integer of the given @var{size}.
6967@end defmac
6968
6969@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_TABLE_REF (@var{label})
6970A C statement to issue assembly directives that create a reference to
6971the DWARF table identifier @var{label} from the current section.  This
6972is used on some systems to avoid garbage collecting a DWARF table which
6973is referenced by a function.
6974@end defmac
6975
6976@hook TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DTPREL
6977
6978@need 2000
6979@node VMS Debug
6980@subsection Macros for VMS Debug Format
6981
6982@c prevent bad page break with this line
6983Here are macros for VMS debug format.
6984
6985@defmac VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
6986Define this macro if GCC should produce debugging output for VMS
6987in response to the @option{-g} option.  The default behavior for VMS
6988is to generate minimal debug info for a traceback in the absence of
6989@option{-g} unless explicitly overridden with @option{-g0}.  This
6990behavior is controlled by @code{TARGET_OPTION_OPTIMIZATION} and
6991@code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE}.
6992@end defmac
6993
6994@node Floating Point
6995@section Cross Compilation and Floating Point
6996@cindex cross compilation and floating point
6997@cindex floating point and cross compilation
6998
6999While all modern machines use twos-complement representation for integers,
7000there are a variety of representations for floating point numbers.  This
7001means that in a cross-compiler the representation of floating point numbers
7002in the compiled program may be different from that used in the machine
7003doing the compilation.
7004
7005Because different representation systems may offer different amounts of
7006range and precision, all floating point constants must be represented in
7007the target machine's format.  Therefore, the cross compiler cannot
7008safely use the host machine's floating point arithmetic; it must emulate
7009the target's arithmetic.  To ensure consistency, GCC always uses
7010emulation to work with floating point values, even when the host and
7011target floating point formats are identical.
7012
7013The following macros are provided by @file{real.h} for the compiler to
7014use.  All parts of the compiler which generate or optimize
7015floating-point calculations must use these macros.  They may evaluate
7016their operands more than once, so operands must not have side effects.
7017
7018@defmac REAL_VALUE_TYPE
7019The C data type to be used to hold a floating point value in the target
7020machine's format.  Typically this is a @code{struct} containing an
7021array of @code{HOST_WIDE_INT}, but all code should treat it as an opaque
7022quantity.
7023@end defmac
7024
7025@deftypefn Macro HOST_WIDE_INT REAL_VALUE_FIX (REAL_VALUE_TYPE @var{x})
7026Truncates @var{x} to a signed integer, rounding toward zero.
7027@end deftypefn
7028
7029@deftypefn Macro {unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT} REAL_VALUE_UNSIGNED_FIX (REAL_VALUE_TYPE @var{x})
7030Truncates @var{x} to an unsigned integer, rounding toward zero.  If
7031@var{x} is negative, returns zero.
7032@end deftypefn
7033
7034@deftypefn Macro REAL_VALUE_TYPE REAL_VALUE_ATOF (const char *@var{string}, machine_mode @var{mode})
7035Converts @var{string} into a floating point number in the target machine's
7036representation for mode @var{mode}.  This routine can handle both
7037decimal and hexadecimal floating point constants, using the syntax
7038defined by the C language for both.
7039@end deftypefn
7040
7041@deftypefn Macro int REAL_VALUE_NEGATIVE (REAL_VALUE_TYPE @var{x})
7042Returns 1 if @var{x} is negative (including negative zero), 0 otherwise.
7043@end deftypefn
7044
7045@deftypefn Macro int REAL_VALUE_ISINF (REAL_VALUE_TYPE @var{x})
7046Determines whether @var{x} represents infinity (positive or negative).
7047@end deftypefn
7048
7049@deftypefn Macro int REAL_VALUE_ISNAN (REAL_VALUE_TYPE @var{x})
7050Determines whether @var{x} represents a ``NaN'' (not-a-number).
7051@end deftypefn
7052
7053@deftypefn Macro REAL_VALUE_TYPE REAL_VALUE_NEGATE (REAL_VALUE_TYPE @var{x})
7054Returns the negative of the floating point value @var{x}.
7055@end deftypefn
7056
7057@deftypefn Macro REAL_VALUE_TYPE REAL_VALUE_ABS (REAL_VALUE_TYPE @var{x})
7058Returns the absolute value of @var{x}.
7059@end deftypefn
7060
7061@node Mode Switching
7062@section Mode Switching Instructions
7063@cindex mode switching
7064The following macros control mode switching optimizations:
7065
7066@defmac OPTIMIZE_MODE_SWITCHING (@var{entity})
7067Define this macro if the port needs extra instructions inserted for mode
7068switching in an optimizing compilation.
7069
7070For an example, the SH4 can perform both single and double precision
7071floating point operations, but to perform a single precision operation,
7072the FPSCR PR bit has to be cleared, while for a double precision
7073operation, this bit has to be set.  Changing the PR bit requires a general
7074purpose register as a scratch register, hence these FPSCR sets have to
7075be inserted before reload, i.e.@: you cannot put this into instruction emitting
7076or @code{TARGET_MACHINE_DEPENDENT_REORG}.
7077
7078You can have multiple entities that are mode-switched, and select at run time
7079which entities actually need it.  @code{OPTIMIZE_MODE_SWITCHING} should
7080return nonzero for any @var{entity} that needs mode-switching.
7081If you define this macro, you also have to define
7082@code{NUM_MODES_FOR_MODE_SWITCHING}, @code{TARGET_MODE_NEEDED},
7083@code{TARGET_MODE_PRIORITY} and @code{TARGET_MODE_EMIT}.
7084@code{TARGET_MODE_AFTER}, @code{TARGET_MODE_ENTRY}, and @code{TARGET_MODE_EXIT}
7085are optional.
7086@end defmac
7087
7088@defmac NUM_MODES_FOR_MODE_SWITCHING
7089If you define @code{OPTIMIZE_MODE_SWITCHING}, you have to define this as
7090initializer for an array of integers.  Each initializer element
7091N refers to an entity that needs mode switching, and specifies the number
7092of different modes that might need to be set for this entity.
7093The position of the initializer in the initializer---starting counting at
7094zero---determines the integer that is used to refer to the mode-switched
7095entity in question.
7096In macros that take mode arguments / yield a mode result, modes are
7097represented as numbers 0 @dots{} N @minus{} 1.  N is used to specify that no mode
7098switch is needed / supplied.
7099@end defmac
7100
7101@hook TARGET_MODE_EMIT
7102
7103@hook TARGET_MODE_NEEDED
7104
7105@hook TARGET_MODE_AFTER
7106
7107@hook TARGET_MODE_ENTRY
7108
7109@hook TARGET_MODE_EXIT
7110
7111@hook TARGET_MODE_PRIORITY
7112
7113@node Target Attributes
7114@section Defining target-specific uses of @code{__attribute__}
7115@cindex target attributes
7116@cindex machine attributes
7117@cindex attributes, target-specific
7118
7119Target-specific attributes may be defined for functions, data and types.
7120These are described using the following target hooks; they also need to
7121be documented in @file{extend.texi}.
7122
7123@hook TARGET_ATTRIBUTE_TABLE
7124
7125@hook TARGET_ATTRIBUTE_TAKES_IDENTIFIER_P
7126
7127@hook TARGET_COMP_TYPE_ATTRIBUTES
7128
7129@hook TARGET_SET_DEFAULT_TYPE_ATTRIBUTES
7130
7131@hook TARGET_MERGE_TYPE_ATTRIBUTES
7132
7133@hook TARGET_MERGE_DECL_ATTRIBUTES
7134
7135@hook TARGET_VALID_DLLIMPORT_ATTRIBUTE_P
7136
7137@defmac TARGET_DECLSPEC
7138Define this macro to a nonzero value if you want to treat
7139@code{__declspec(X)} as equivalent to @code{__attribute((X))}.  By
7140default, this behavior is enabled only for targets that define
7141@code{TARGET_DLLIMPORT_DECL_ATTRIBUTES}.  The current implementation
7142of @code{__declspec} is via a built-in macro, but you should not rely
7143on this implementation detail.
7144@end defmac
7145
7146@hook TARGET_INSERT_ATTRIBUTES
7147
7148@hook TARGET_FUNCTION_ATTRIBUTE_INLINABLE_P
7149
7150@hook TARGET_OPTION_VALID_ATTRIBUTE_P
7151
7152@hook TARGET_OPTION_SAVE
7153
7154@hook TARGET_OPTION_RESTORE
7155
7156@hook TARGET_OPTION_POST_STREAM_IN
7157
7158@hook TARGET_OPTION_PRINT
7159
7160@hook TARGET_OPTION_PRAGMA_PARSE
7161
7162@hook TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE
7163
7164@hook TARGET_OPTION_FUNCTION_VERSIONS
7165
7166@hook TARGET_CAN_INLINE_P
7167
7168@hook TARGET_RELAYOUT_FUNCTION
7169
7170@node Emulated TLS
7171@section Emulating TLS
7172@cindex Emulated TLS
7173
7174For targets whose psABI does not provide Thread Local Storage via
7175specific relocations and instruction sequences, an emulation layer is
7176used.  A set of target hooks allows this emulation layer to be
7177configured for the requirements of a particular target.  For instance
7178the psABI may in fact specify TLS support in terms of an emulation
7179layer.
7180
7181The emulation layer works by creating a control object for every TLS
7182object.  To access the TLS object, a lookup function is provided
7183which, when given the address of the control object, will return the
7184address of the current thread's instance of the TLS object.
7185
7186@hook TARGET_EMUTLS_GET_ADDRESS
7187
7188@hook TARGET_EMUTLS_REGISTER_COMMON
7189
7190@hook TARGET_EMUTLS_VAR_SECTION
7191
7192@hook TARGET_EMUTLS_TMPL_SECTION
7193
7194@hook TARGET_EMUTLS_VAR_PREFIX
7195
7196@hook TARGET_EMUTLS_TMPL_PREFIX
7197
7198@hook TARGET_EMUTLS_VAR_FIELDS
7199
7200@hook TARGET_EMUTLS_VAR_INIT
7201
7202@hook TARGET_EMUTLS_VAR_ALIGN_FIXED
7203
7204@hook TARGET_EMUTLS_DEBUG_FORM_TLS_ADDRESS
7205
7206@node MIPS Coprocessors
7207@section Defining coprocessor specifics for MIPS targets.
7208@cindex MIPS coprocessor-definition macros
7209
7210The MIPS specification allows MIPS implementations to have as many as 4
7211coprocessors, each with as many as 32 private registers.  GCC supports
7212accessing these registers and transferring values between the registers
7213and memory using asm-ized variables.  For example:
7214
7215@smallexample
7216  register unsigned int cp0count asm ("c0r1");
7217  unsigned int d;
7218
7219  d = cp0count + 3;
7220@end smallexample
7221
7222(``c0r1'' is the default name of register 1 in coprocessor 0; alternate
7223names may be added as described below, or the default names may be
7224overridden entirely in @code{SUBTARGET_CONDITIONAL_REGISTER_USAGE}.)
7225
7226Coprocessor registers are assumed to be epilogue-used; sets to them will
7227be preserved even if it does not appear that the register is used again
7228later in the function.
7229
7230Another note: according to the MIPS spec, coprocessor 1 (if present) is
7231the FPU@.  One accesses COP1 registers through standard mips
7232floating-point support; they are not included in this mechanism.
7233
7234@node PCH Target
7235@section Parameters for Precompiled Header Validity Checking
7236@cindex parameters, precompiled headers
7237
7238@hook TARGET_GET_PCH_VALIDITY
7239
7240@hook TARGET_PCH_VALID_P
7241
7242@hook TARGET_CHECK_PCH_TARGET_FLAGS
7243
7244@hook TARGET_PREPARE_PCH_SAVE
7245
7246@node C++ ABI
7247@section C++ ABI parameters
7248@cindex parameters, c++ abi
7249
7250@hook TARGET_CXX_GUARD_TYPE
7251
7252@hook TARGET_CXX_GUARD_MASK_BIT
7253
7254@hook TARGET_CXX_GET_COOKIE_SIZE
7255
7256@hook TARGET_CXX_COOKIE_HAS_SIZE
7257
7258@hook TARGET_CXX_IMPORT_EXPORT_CLASS
7259
7260@hook TARGET_CXX_CDTOR_RETURNS_THIS
7261
7262@hook TARGET_CXX_KEY_METHOD_MAY_BE_INLINE
7263
7264@hook TARGET_CXX_DETERMINE_CLASS_DATA_VISIBILITY
7265
7266@hook TARGET_CXX_CLASS_DATA_ALWAYS_COMDAT
7267
7268@hook TARGET_CXX_LIBRARY_RTTI_COMDAT
7269
7270@hook TARGET_CXX_USE_AEABI_ATEXIT
7271
7272@hook TARGET_CXX_USE_ATEXIT_FOR_CXA_ATEXIT
7273
7274@hook TARGET_CXX_ADJUST_CLASS_AT_DEFINITION
7275
7276@hook TARGET_CXX_DECL_MANGLING_CONTEXT
7277
7278@node Named Address Spaces
7279@section Adding support for named address spaces
7280@cindex named address spaces
7281
7282The draft technical report of the ISO/IEC JTC1 S22 WG14 N1275
7283standards committee, @cite{Programming Languages - C - Extensions to
7284support embedded processors}, specifies a syntax for embedded
7285processors to specify alternate address spaces.  You can configure a
7286GCC port to support section 5.1 of the draft report to add support for
7287address spaces other than the default address space.  These address
7288spaces are new keywords that are similar to the @code{volatile} and
7289@code{const} type attributes.
7290
7291Pointers to named address spaces can have a different size than
7292pointers to the generic address space.
7293
7294For example, the SPU port uses the @code{__ea} address space to refer
7295to memory in the host processor, rather than memory local to the SPU
7296processor.  Access to memory in the @code{__ea} address space involves
7297issuing DMA operations to move data between the host processor and the
7298local processor memory address space.  Pointers in the @code{__ea}
7299address space are either 32 bits or 64 bits based on the
7300@option{-mea32} or @option{-mea64} switches (native SPU pointers are
7301always 32 bits).
7302
7303Internally, address spaces are represented as a small integer in the
7304range 0 to 15 with address space 0 being reserved for the generic
7305address space.
7306
7307To register a named address space qualifier keyword with the C front end,
7308the target may call the @code{c_register_addr_space} routine.  For example,
7309the SPU port uses the following to declare @code{__ea} as the keyword for
7310named address space #1:
7311@smallexample
7312#define ADDR_SPACE_EA 1
7313c_register_addr_space ("__ea", ADDR_SPACE_EA);
7314@end smallexample
7315
7316@hook TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_POINTER_MODE
7317
7318@hook TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_ADDRESS_MODE
7319
7320@hook TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_VALID_POINTER_MODE
7321
7322@hook TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS_P
7323
7324@hook TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS
7325
7326@hook TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_SUBSET_P
7327
7328@hook TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_ZERO_ADDRESS_VALID
7329
7330@hook TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_CONVERT
7331
7332@hook TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_DEBUG
7333
7334@hook TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_DIAGNOSE_USAGE
7335
7336@node Misc
7337@section Miscellaneous Parameters
7338@cindex parameters, miscellaneous
7339
7340@c prevent bad page break with this line
7341Here are several miscellaneous parameters.
7342
7343@defmac HAS_LONG_COND_BRANCH
7344Define this boolean macro to indicate whether or not your architecture
7345has conditional branches that can span all of memory.  It is used in
7346conjunction with an optimization that partitions hot and cold basic
7347blocks into separate sections of the executable.  If this macro is
7348set to false, gcc will convert any conditional branches that attempt
7349to cross between sections into unconditional branches or indirect jumps.
7350@end defmac
7351
7352@defmac HAS_LONG_UNCOND_BRANCH
7353Define this boolean macro to indicate whether or not your architecture
7354has unconditional branches that can span all of memory.  It is used in
7355conjunction with an optimization that partitions hot and cold basic
7356blocks into separate sections of the executable.  If this macro is
7357set to false, gcc will convert any unconditional branches that attempt
7358to cross between sections into indirect jumps.
7359@end defmac
7360
7361@defmac CASE_VECTOR_MODE
7362An alias for a machine mode name.  This is the machine mode that
7363elements of a jump-table should have.
7364@end defmac
7365
7366@defmac CASE_VECTOR_SHORTEN_MODE (@var{min_offset}, @var{max_offset}, @var{body})
7367Optional: return the preferred mode for an @code{addr_diff_vec}
7368when the minimum and maximum offset are known.  If you define this,
7369it enables extra code in branch shortening to deal with @code{addr_diff_vec}.
7370To make this work, you also have to define @code{INSN_ALIGN} and
7371make the alignment for @code{addr_diff_vec} explicit.
7372The @var{body} argument is provided so that the offset_unsigned and scale
7373flags can be updated.
7374@end defmac
7375
7376@defmac CASE_VECTOR_PC_RELATIVE
7377Define this macro to be a C expression to indicate when jump-tables
7378should contain relative addresses.  You need not define this macro if
7379jump-tables never contain relative addresses, or jump-tables should
7380contain relative addresses only when @option{-fPIC} or @option{-fPIC}
7381is in effect.
7382@end defmac
7383
7384@hook TARGET_CASE_VALUES_THRESHOLD
7385
7386@defmac WORD_REGISTER_OPERATIONS
7387Define this macro to 1 if operations between registers with integral mode
7388smaller than a word are always performed on the entire register.  To be
7389more explicit, if you start with a pair of @code{word_mode} registers with
7390known values and you do a subword, for example @code{QImode}, addition on
7391the low part of the registers, then the compiler may consider that the
7392result has a known value in @code{word_mode} too if the macro is defined
7393to 1.  Most RISC machines have this property and most CISC machines do not.
7394@end defmac
7395
7396@hook TARGET_MIN_ARITHMETIC_PRECISION
7397
7398@defmac LOAD_EXTEND_OP (@var{mem_mode})
7399Define this macro to be a C expression indicating when insns that read
7400memory in @var{mem_mode}, an integral mode narrower than a word, set the
7401bits outside of @var{mem_mode} to be either the sign-extension or the
7402zero-extension of the data read.  Return @code{SIGN_EXTEND} for values
7403of @var{mem_mode} for which the
7404insn sign-extends, @code{ZERO_EXTEND} for which it zero-extends, and
7405@code{UNKNOWN} for other modes.
7406
7407This macro is not called with @var{mem_mode} non-integral or with a width
7408greater than or equal to @code{BITS_PER_WORD}, so you may return any
7409value in this case.  Do not define this macro if it would always return
7410@code{UNKNOWN}.  On machines where this macro is defined, you will normally
7411define it as the constant @code{SIGN_EXTEND} or @code{ZERO_EXTEND}.
7412
7413You may return a non-@code{UNKNOWN} value even if for some hard registers
7414the sign extension is not performed, if for the @code{REGNO_REG_CLASS}
7415of these hard registers @code{TARGET_CAN_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS} returns false
7416when the @var{from} mode is @var{mem_mode} and the @var{to} mode is any
7417integral mode larger than this but not larger than @code{word_mode}.
7418
7419You must return @code{UNKNOWN} if for some hard registers that allow this
7420mode, @code{TARGET_CAN_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS} says that they cannot change to
7421@code{word_mode}, but that they can change to another integral mode that
7422is larger then @var{mem_mode} but still smaller than @code{word_mode}.
7423@end defmac
7424
7425@defmac SHORT_IMMEDIATES_SIGN_EXTEND
7426Define this macro to 1 if loading short immediate values into registers sign
7427extends.
7428@end defmac
7429
7430@hook TARGET_MIN_DIVISIONS_FOR_RECIP_MUL
7431
7432@defmac MOVE_MAX
7433The maximum number of bytes that a single instruction can move quickly
7434between memory and registers or between two memory locations.
7435@end defmac
7436
7437@defmac MAX_MOVE_MAX
7438The maximum number of bytes that a single instruction can move quickly
7439between memory and registers or between two memory locations.  If this
7440is undefined, the default is @code{MOVE_MAX}.  Otherwise, it is the
7441constant value that is the largest value that @code{MOVE_MAX} can have
7442at run-time.
7443@end defmac
7444
7445@defmac SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED
7446A C expression that is nonzero if on this machine the number of bits
7447actually used for the count of a shift operation is equal to the number
7448of bits needed to represent the size of the object being shifted.  When
7449this macro is nonzero, the compiler will assume that it is safe to omit
7450a sign-extend, zero-extend, and certain bitwise `and' instructions that
7451truncates the count of a shift operation.  On machines that have
7452instructions that act on bit-fields at variable positions, which may
7453include `bit test' instructions, a nonzero @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED}
7454also enables deletion of truncations of the values that serve as
7455arguments to bit-field instructions.
7456
7457If both types of instructions truncate the count (for shifts) and
7458position (for bit-field operations), or if no variable-position bit-field
7459instructions exist, you should define this macro.
7460
7461However, on some machines, such as the 80386 and the 680x0, truncation
7462only applies to shift operations and not the (real or pretended)
7463bit-field operations.  Define @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED} to be zero on
7464such machines.  Instead, add patterns to the @file{md} file that include
7465the implied truncation of the shift instructions.
7466
7467You need not define this macro if it would always have the value of zero.
7468@end defmac
7469
7470@anchor{TARGET_SHIFT_TRUNCATION_MASK}
7471@hook TARGET_SHIFT_TRUNCATION_MASK
7472
7473@hook TARGET_TRULY_NOOP_TRUNCATION
7474
7475@hook TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED
7476
7477@defmac STORE_FLAG_VALUE
7478A C expression describing the value returned by a comparison operator
7479with an integral mode and stored by a store-flag instruction
7480(@samp{cstore@var{mode}4}) when the condition is true.  This description must
7481apply to @emph{all} the @samp{cstore@var{mode}4} patterns and all the
7482comparison operators whose results have a @code{MODE_INT} mode.
7483
7484A value of 1 or @minus{}1 means that the instruction implementing the
7485comparison operator returns exactly 1 or @minus{}1 when the comparison is true
7486and 0 when the comparison is false.  Otherwise, the value indicates
7487which bits of the result are guaranteed to be 1 when the comparison is
7488true.  This value is interpreted in the mode of the comparison
7489operation, which is given by the mode of the first operand in the
7490@samp{cstore@var{mode}4} pattern.  Either the low bit or the sign bit of
7491@code{STORE_FLAG_VALUE} be on.  Presently, only those bits are used by
7492the compiler.
7493
7494If @code{STORE_FLAG_VALUE} is neither 1 or @minus{}1, the compiler will
7495generate code that depends only on the specified bits.  It can also
7496replace comparison operators with equivalent operations if they cause
7497the required bits to be set, even if the remaining bits are undefined.
7498For example, on a machine whose comparison operators return an
7499@code{SImode} value and where @code{STORE_FLAG_VALUE} is defined as
7500@samp{0x80000000}, saying that just the sign bit is relevant, the
7501expression
7502
7503@smallexample
7504(ne:SI (and:SI @var{x} (const_int @var{power-of-2})) (const_int 0))
7505@end smallexample
7506
7507@noindent
7508can be converted to
7509
7510@smallexample
7511(ashift:SI @var{x} (const_int @var{n}))
7512@end smallexample
7513
7514@noindent
7515where @var{n} is the appropriate shift count to move the bit being
7516tested into the sign bit.
7517
7518There is no way to describe a machine that always sets the low-order bit
7519for a true value, but does not guarantee the value of any other bits,
7520but we do not know of any machine that has such an instruction.  If you
7521are trying to port GCC to such a machine, include an instruction to
7522perform a logical-and of the result with 1 in the pattern for the
7523comparison operators and let us know at @email{gcc@@gcc.gnu.org}.
7524
7525Often, a machine will have multiple instructions that obtain a value
7526from a comparison (or the condition codes).  Here are rules to guide the
7527choice of value for @code{STORE_FLAG_VALUE}, and hence the instructions
7528to be used:
7529
7530@itemize @bullet
7531@item
7532Use the shortest sequence that yields a valid definition for
7533@code{STORE_FLAG_VALUE}.  It is more efficient for the compiler to
7534``normalize'' the value (convert it to, e.g., 1 or 0) than for the
7535comparison operators to do so because there may be opportunities to
7536combine the normalization with other operations.
7537
7538@item
7539For equal-length sequences, use a value of 1 or @minus{}1, with @minus{}1 being
7540slightly preferred on machines with expensive jumps and 1 preferred on
7541other machines.
7542
7543@item
7544As a second choice, choose a value of @samp{0x80000001} if instructions
7545exist that set both the sign and low-order bits but do not define the
7546others.
7547
7548@item
7549Otherwise, use a value of @samp{0x80000000}.
7550@end itemize
7551
7552Many machines can produce both the value chosen for
7553@code{STORE_FLAG_VALUE} and its negation in the same number of
7554instructions.  On those machines, you should also define a pattern for
7555those cases, e.g., one matching
7556
7557@smallexample
7558(set @var{A} (neg:@var{m} (ne:@var{m} @var{B} @var{C})))
7559@end smallexample
7560
7561Some machines can also perform @code{and} or @code{plus} operations on
7562condition code values with less instructions than the corresponding
7563@samp{cstore@var{mode}4} insn followed by @code{and} or @code{plus}.  On those
7564machines, define the appropriate patterns.  Use the names @code{incscc}
7565and @code{decscc}, respectively, for the patterns which perform
7566@code{plus} or @code{minus} operations on condition code values.  See
7567@file{rs6000.md} for some examples.  The GNU Superoptimizer can be used to
7568find such instruction sequences on other machines.
7569
7570If this macro is not defined, the default value, 1, is used.  You need
7571not define @code{STORE_FLAG_VALUE} if the machine has no store-flag
7572instructions, or if the value generated by these instructions is 1.
7573@end defmac
7574
7575@defmac FLOAT_STORE_FLAG_VALUE (@var{mode})
7576A C expression that gives a nonzero @code{REAL_VALUE_TYPE} value that is
7577returned when comparison operators with floating-point results are true.
7578Define this macro on machines that have comparison operations that return
7579floating-point values.  If there are no such operations, do not define
7580this macro.
7581@end defmac
7582
7583@defmac VECTOR_STORE_FLAG_VALUE (@var{mode})
7584A C expression that gives a rtx representing the nonzero true element
7585for vector comparisons.  The returned rtx should be valid for the inner
7586mode of @var{mode} which is guaranteed to be a vector mode.  Define
7587this macro on machines that have vector comparison operations that
7588return a vector result.  If there are no such operations, do not define
7589this macro.  Typically, this macro is defined as @code{const1_rtx} or
7590@code{constm1_rtx}.  This macro may return @code{NULL_RTX} to prevent
7591the compiler optimizing such vector comparison operations for the
7592given mode.
7593@end defmac
7594
7595@defmac CLZ_DEFINED_VALUE_AT_ZERO (@var{mode}, @var{value})
7596@defmacx CTZ_DEFINED_VALUE_AT_ZERO (@var{mode}, @var{value})
7597A C expression that indicates whether the architecture defines a value
7598for @code{clz} or @code{ctz} with a zero operand.
7599A result of @code{0} indicates the value is undefined.
7600If the value is defined for only the RTL expression, the macro should
7601evaluate to @code{1}; if the value applies also to the corresponding optab
7602entry (which is normally the case if it expands directly into
7603the corresponding RTL), then the macro should evaluate to @code{2}.
7604In the cases where the value is defined, @var{value} should be set to
7605this value.
7606
7607If this macro is not defined, the value of @code{clz} or
7608@code{ctz} at zero is assumed to be undefined.
7609
7610This macro must be defined if the target's expansion for @code{ffs}
7611relies on a particular value to get correct results.  Otherwise it
7612is not necessary, though it may be used to optimize some corner cases, and
7613to provide a default expansion for the @code{ffs} optab.
7614
7615Note that regardless of this macro the ``definedness'' of @code{clz}
7616and @code{ctz} at zero do @emph{not} extend to the builtin functions
7617visible to the user.  Thus one may be free to adjust the value at will
7618to match the target expansion of these operations without fear of
7619breaking the API@.
7620@end defmac
7621
7622@defmac Pmode
7623An alias for the machine mode for pointers.  On most machines, define
7624this to be the integer mode corresponding to the width of a hardware
7625pointer; @code{SImode} on 32-bit machine or @code{DImode} on 64-bit machines.
7626On some machines you must define this to be one of the partial integer
7627modes, such as @code{PSImode}.
7628
7629The width of @code{Pmode} must be at least as large as the value of
7630@code{POINTER_SIZE}.  If it is not equal, you must define the macro
7631@code{POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED} to specify how pointers are extended
7632to @code{Pmode}.
7633@end defmac
7634
7635@defmac FUNCTION_MODE
7636An alias for the machine mode used for memory references to functions
7637being called, in @code{call} RTL expressions.  On most CISC machines,
7638where an instruction can begin at any byte address, this should be
7639@code{QImode}.  On most RISC machines, where all instructions have fixed
7640size and alignment, this should be a mode with the same size and alignment
7641as the machine instruction words - typically @code{SImode} or @code{HImode}.
7642@end defmac
7643
7644@defmac STDC_0_IN_SYSTEM_HEADERS
7645In normal operation, the preprocessor expands @code{__STDC__} to the
7646constant 1, to signify that GCC conforms to ISO Standard C@.  On some
7647hosts, like Solaris, the system compiler uses a different convention,
7648where @code{__STDC__} is normally 0, but is 1 if the user specifies
7649strict conformance to the C Standard.
7650
7651Defining @code{STDC_0_IN_SYSTEM_HEADERS} makes GNU CPP follows the host
7652convention when processing system header files, but when processing user
7653files @code{__STDC__} will always expand to 1.
7654@end defmac
7655
7656@hook TARGET_C_PREINCLUDE
7657
7658@hook TARGET_CXX_IMPLICIT_EXTERN_C
7659
7660@defmac NO_IMPLICIT_EXTERN_C
7661Define this macro if the system header files support C++ as well as C@.
7662This macro inhibits the usual method of using system header files in
7663C++, which is to pretend that the file's contents are enclosed in
7664@samp{extern "C" @{@dots{}@}}.
7665@end defmac
7666
7667@findex #pragma
7668@findex pragma
7669@defmac REGISTER_TARGET_PRAGMAS ()
7670Define this macro if you want to implement any target-specific pragmas.
7671If defined, it is a C expression which makes a series of calls to
7672@code{c_register_pragma} or @code{c_register_pragma_with_expansion}
7673for each pragma.  The macro may also do any
7674setup required for the pragmas.
7675
7676The primary reason to define this macro is to provide compatibility with
7677other compilers for the same target.  In general, we discourage
7678definition of target-specific pragmas for GCC@.
7679
7680If the pragma can be implemented by attributes then you should consider
7681defining the target hook @samp{TARGET_INSERT_ATTRIBUTES} as well.
7682
7683Preprocessor macros that appear on pragma lines are not expanded.  All
7684@samp{#pragma} directives that do not match any registered pragma are
7685silently ignored, unless the user specifies @option{-Wunknown-pragmas}.
7686@end defmac
7687
7688@deftypefun void c_register_pragma (const char *@var{space}, const char *@var{name}, void (*@var{callback}) (struct cpp_reader *))
7689@deftypefunx void c_register_pragma_with_expansion (const char *@var{space}, const char *@var{name}, void (*@var{callback}) (struct cpp_reader *))
7690
7691Each call to @code{c_register_pragma} or
7692@code{c_register_pragma_with_expansion} establishes one pragma.  The
7693@var{callback} routine will be called when the preprocessor encounters a
7694pragma of the form
7695
7696@smallexample
7697#pragma [@var{space}] @var{name} @dots{}
7698@end smallexample
7699
7700@var{space} is the case-sensitive namespace of the pragma, or
7701@code{NULL} to put the pragma in the global namespace.  The callback
7702routine receives @var{pfile} as its first argument, which can be passed
7703on to cpplib's functions if necessary.  You can lex tokens after the
7704@var{name} by calling @code{pragma_lex}.  Tokens that are not read by the
7705callback will be silently ignored.  The end of the line is indicated by
7706a token of type @code{CPP_EOF}.  Macro expansion occurs on the
7707arguments of pragmas registered with
7708@code{c_register_pragma_with_expansion} but not on the arguments of
7709pragmas registered with @code{c_register_pragma}.
7710
7711Note that the use of @code{pragma_lex} is specific to the C and C++
7712compilers.  It will not work in the Java or Fortran compilers, or any
7713other language compilers for that matter.  Thus if @code{pragma_lex} is going
7714to be called from target-specific code, it must only be done so when
7715building the C and C++ compilers.  This can be done by defining the
7716variables @code{c_target_objs} and @code{cxx_target_objs} in the
7717target entry in the @file{config.gcc} file.  These variables should name
7718the target-specific, language-specific object file which contains the
7719code that uses @code{pragma_lex}.  Note it will also be necessary to add a
7720rule to the makefile fragment pointed to by @code{tmake_file} that shows
7721how to build this object file.
7722@end deftypefun
7723
7724@defmac HANDLE_PRAGMA_PACK_WITH_EXPANSION
7725Define this macro if macros should be expanded in the
7726arguments of @samp{#pragma pack}.
7727@end defmac
7728
7729@defmac TARGET_DEFAULT_PACK_STRUCT
7730If your target requires a structure packing default other than 0 (meaning
7731the machine default), define this macro to the necessary value (in bytes).
7732This must be a value that would also be valid to use with
7733@samp{#pragma pack()} (that is, a small power of two).
7734@end defmac
7735
7736@defmac DOLLARS_IN_IDENTIFIERS
7737Define this macro to control use of the character @samp{$} in
7738identifier names for the C family of languages.  0 means @samp{$} is
7739not allowed by default; 1 means it is allowed.  1 is the default;
7740there is no need to define this macro in that case.
7741@end defmac
7742
7743@defmac INSN_SETS_ARE_DELAYED (@var{insn})
7744Define this macro as a C expression that is nonzero if it is safe for the
7745delay slot scheduler to place instructions in the delay slot of @var{insn},
7746even if they appear to use a resource set or clobbered in @var{insn}.
7747@var{insn} is always a @code{jump_insn} or an @code{insn}; GCC knows that
7748every @code{call_insn} has this behavior.  On machines where some @code{insn}
7749or @code{jump_insn} is really a function call and hence has this behavior,
7750you should define this macro.
7751
7752You need not define this macro if it would always return zero.
7753@end defmac
7754
7755@defmac INSN_REFERENCES_ARE_DELAYED (@var{insn})
7756Define this macro as a C expression that is nonzero if it is safe for the
7757delay slot scheduler to place instructions in the delay slot of @var{insn},
7758even if they appear to set or clobber a resource referenced in @var{insn}.
7759@var{insn} is always a @code{jump_insn} or an @code{insn}.  On machines where
7760some @code{insn} or @code{jump_insn} is really a function call and its operands
7761are registers whose use is actually in the subroutine it calls, you should
7762define this macro.  Doing so allows the delay slot scheduler to move
7763instructions which copy arguments into the argument registers into the delay
7764slot of @var{insn}.
7765
7766You need not define this macro if it would always return zero.
7767@end defmac
7768
7769@defmac MULTIPLE_SYMBOL_SPACES
7770Define this macro as a C expression that is nonzero if, in some cases,
7771global symbols from one translation unit may not be bound to undefined
7772symbols in another translation unit without user intervention.  For
7773instance, under Microsoft Windows symbols must be explicitly imported
7774from shared libraries (DLLs).
7775
7776You need not define this macro if it would always evaluate to zero.
7777@end defmac
7778
7779@hook TARGET_MD_ASM_ADJUST
7780
7781@defmac MATH_LIBRARY
7782Define this macro as a C string constant for the linker argument to link
7783in the system math library, minus the initial @samp{"-l"}, or
7784@samp{""} if the target does not have a
7785separate math library.
7786
7787You need only define this macro if the default of @samp{"m"} is wrong.
7788@end defmac
7789
7790@defmac LIBRARY_PATH_ENV
7791Define this macro as a C string constant for the environment variable that
7792specifies where the linker should look for libraries.
7793
7794You need only define this macro if the default of @samp{"LIBRARY_PATH"}
7795is wrong.
7796@end defmac
7797
7798@defmac TARGET_POSIX_IO
7799Define this macro if the target supports the following POSIX@ file
7800functions, access, mkdir and  file locking with fcntl / F_SETLKW@.
7801Defining @code{TARGET_POSIX_IO} will enable the test coverage code
7802to use file locking when exiting a program, which avoids race conditions
7803if the program has forked. It will also create directories at run-time
7804for cross-profiling.
7805@end defmac
7806
7807@defmac MAX_CONDITIONAL_EXECUTE
7808
7809A C expression for the maximum number of instructions to execute via
7810conditional execution instructions instead of a branch.  A value of
7811@code{BRANCH_COST}+1 is the default if the machine does not use cc0, and
78121 if it does use cc0.
7813@end defmac
7814
7815@defmac IFCVT_MODIFY_TESTS (@var{ce_info}, @var{true_expr}, @var{false_expr})
7816Used if the target needs to perform machine-dependent modifications on the
7817conditionals used for turning basic blocks into conditionally executed code.
7818@var{ce_info} points to a data structure, @code{struct ce_if_block}, which
7819contains information about the currently processed blocks.  @var{true_expr}
7820and @var{false_expr} are the tests that are used for converting the
7821then-block and the else-block, respectively.  Set either @var{true_expr} or
7822@var{false_expr} to a null pointer if the tests cannot be converted.
7823@end defmac
7824
7825@defmac IFCVT_MODIFY_MULTIPLE_TESTS (@var{ce_info}, @var{bb}, @var{true_expr}, @var{false_expr})
7826Like @code{IFCVT_MODIFY_TESTS}, but used when converting more complicated
7827if-statements into conditions combined by @code{and} and @code{or} operations.
7828@var{bb} contains the basic block that contains the test that is currently
7829being processed and about to be turned into a condition.
7830@end defmac
7831
7832@defmac IFCVT_MODIFY_INSN (@var{ce_info}, @var{pattern}, @var{insn})
7833A C expression to modify the @var{PATTERN} of an @var{INSN} that is to
7834be converted to conditional execution format.  @var{ce_info} points to
7835a data structure, @code{struct ce_if_block}, which contains information
7836about the currently processed blocks.
7837@end defmac
7838
7839@defmac IFCVT_MODIFY_FINAL (@var{ce_info})
7840A C expression to perform any final machine dependent modifications in
7841converting code to conditional execution.  The involved basic blocks
7842can be found in the @code{struct ce_if_block} structure that is pointed
7843to by @var{ce_info}.
7844@end defmac
7845
7846@defmac IFCVT_MODIFY_CANCEL (@var{ce_info})
7847A C expression to cancel any machine dependent modifications in
7848converting code to conditional execution.  The involved basic blocks
7849can be found in the @code{struct ce_if_block} structure that is pointed
7850to by @var{ce_info}.
7851@end defmac
7852
7853@defmac IFCVT_MACHDEP_INIT (@var{ce_info})
7854A C expression to initialize any machine specific data for if-conversion
7855of the if-block in the @code{struct ce_if_block} structure that is pointed
7856to by @var{ce_info}.
7857@end defmac
7858
7859@hook TARGET_MACHINE_DEPENDENT_REORG
7860
7861@hook TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS
7862
7863@hook TARGET_BUILTIN_DECL
7864
7865@hook TARGET_EXPAND_BUILTIN
7866
7867@hook TARGET_BUILTIN_CHKP_FUNCTION
7868@hook TARGET_CHKP_BOUND_TYPE
7869@hook TARGET_CHKP_BOUND_MODE
7870@hook TARGET_CHKP_MAKE_BOUNDS_CONSTANT
7871@hook TARGET_CHKP_INITIALIZE_BOUNDS
7872
7873@hook TARGET_RESOLVE_OVERLOADED_BUILTIN
7874
7875@hook TARGET_FOLD_BUILTIN
7876
7877@hook TARGET_GIMPLE_FOLD_BUILTIN
7878
7879@hook TARGET_COMPARE_VERSION_PRIORITY
7880
7881@hook TARGET_GET_FUNCTION_VERSIONS_DISPATCHER
7882
7883@hook TARGET_GENERATE_VERSION_DISPATCHER_BODY
7884
7885@hook TARGET_CAN_USE_DOLOOP_P
7886
7887@hook TARGET_INVALID_WITHIN_DOLOOP
7888
7889@hook TARGET_LEGITIMATE_COMBINED_INSN
7890
7891@hook TARGET_CAN_FOLLOW_JUMP
7892
7893@hook TARGET_COMMUTATIVE_P
7894
7895@hook TARGET_ALLOCATE_INITIAL_VALUE
7896
7897@hook TARGET_UNSPEC_MAY_TRAP_P
7898
7899@hook TARGET_SET_CURRENT_FUNCTION
7900
7901@defmac TARGET_OBJECT_SUFFIX
7902Define this macro to be a C string representing the suffix for object
7903files on your target machine.  If you do not define this macro, GCC will
7904use @samp{.o} as the suffix for object files.
7905@end defmac
7906
7907@defmac TARGET_EXECUTABLE_SUFFIX
7908Define this macro to be a C string representing the suffix to be
7909automatically added to executable files on your target machine.  If you
7910do not define this macro, GCC will use the null string as the suffix for
7911executable files.
7912@end defmac
7913
7914@defmac COLLECT_EXPORT_LIST
7915If defined, @code{collect2} will scan the individual object files
7916specified on its command line and create an export list for the linker.
7917Define this macro for systems like AIX, where the linker discards
7918object files that are not referenced from @code{main} and uses export
7919lists.
7920@end defmac
7921
7922@defmac MODIFY_JNI_METHOD_CALL (@var{mdecl})
7923Define this macro to a C expression representing a variant of the
7924method call @var{mdecl}, if Java Native Interface (JNI) methods
7925must be invoked differently from other methods on your target.
7926For example, on 32-bit Microsoft Windows, JNI methods must be invoked using
7927the @code{stdcall} calling convention and this macro is then
7928defined as this expression:
7929
7930@smallexample
7931build_type_attribute_variant (@var{mdecl},
7932                              build_tree_list
7933                              (get_identifier ("stdcall"),
7934                               NULL))
7935@end smallexample
7936@end defmac
7937
7938@hook TARGET_CANNOT_MODIFY_JUMPS_P
7939
7940@hook TARGET_BRANCH_TARGET_REGISTER_CLASS
7941
7942@hook TARGET_BRANCH_TARGET_REGISTER_CALLEE_SAVED
7943
7944@hook TARGET_HAVE_CONDITIONAL_EXECUTION
7945
7946@hook TARGET_GEN_CCMP_FIRST
7947
7948@hook TARGET_GEN_CCMP_NEXT
7949
7950@hook TARGET_LOOP_UNROLL_ADJUST
7951
7952@defmac POWI_MAX_MULTS
7953If defined, this macro is interpreted as a signed integer C expression
7954that specifies the maximum number of floating point multiplications
7955that should be emitted when expanding exponentiation by an integer
7956constant inline.  When this value is defined, exponentiation requiring
7957more than this number of multiplications is implemented by calling the
7958system library's @code{pow}, @code{powf} or @code{powl} routines.
7959The default value places no upper bound on the multiplication count.
7960@end defmac
7961
7962@deftypefn Macro void TARGET_EXTRA_INCLUDES (const char *@var{sysroot}, const char *@var{iprefix}, int @var{stdinc})
7963This target hook should register any extra include files for the
7964target.  The parameter @var{stdinc} indicates if normal include files
7965are present.  The parameter @var{sysroot} is the system root directory.
7966The parameter @var{iprefix} is the prefix for the gcc directory.
7967@end deftypefn
7968
7969@deftypefn Macro void TARGET_EXTRA_PRE_INCLUDES (const char *@var{sysroot}, const char *@var{iprefix}, int @var{stdinc})
7970This target hook should register any extra include files for the
7971target before any standard headers.  The parameter @var{stdinc}
7972indicates if normal include files are present.  The parameter
7973@var{sysroot} is the system root directory.  The parameter
7974@var{iprefix} is the prefix for the gcc directory.
7975@end deftypefn
7976
7977@deftypefn Macro void TARGET_OPTF (char *@var{path})
7978This target hook should register special include paths for the target.
7979The parameter @var{path} is the include to register.  On Darwin
7980systems, this is used for Framework includes, which have semantics
7981that are different from @option{-I}.
7982@end deftypefn
7983
7984@defmac bool TARGET_USE_LOCAL_THUNK_ALIAS_P (tree @var{fndecl})
7985This target macro returns @code{true} if it is safe to use a local alias
7986for a virtual function @var{fndecl} when constructing thunks,
7987@code{false} otherwise.  By default, the macro returns @code{true} for all
7988functions, if a target supports aliases (i.e.@: defines
7989@code{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF}), @code{false} otherwise,
7990@end defmac
7991
7992@defmac TARGET_FORMAT_TYPES
7993If defined, this macro is the name of a global variable containing
7994target-specific format checking information for the @option{-Wformat}
7995option.  The default is to have no target-specific format checks.
7996@end defmac
7997
7998@defmac TARGET_N_FORMAT_TYPES
7999If defined, this macro is the number of entries in
8000@code{TARGET_FORMAT_TYPES}.
8001@end defmac
8002
8003@defmac TARGET_OVERRIDES_FORMAT_ATTRIBUTES
8004If defined, this macro is the name of a global variable containing
8005target-specific format overrides for the @option{-Wformat} option. The
8006default is to have no target-specific format overrides. If defined,
8007@code{TARGET_FORMAT_TYPES} must be defined, too.
8008@end defmac
8009
8010@defmac TARGET_OVERRIDES_FORMAT_ATTRIBUTES_COUNT
8011If defined, this macro specifies the number of entries in
8012@code{TARGET_OVERRIDES_FORMAT_ATTRIBUTES}.
8013@end defmac
8014
8015@defmac TARGET_OVERRIDES_FORMAT_INIT
8016If defined, this macro specifies the optional initialization
8017routine for target specific customizations of the system printf
8018and scanf formatter settings.
8019@end defmac
8020
8021@hook TARGET_INVALID_ARG_FOR_UNPROTOTYPED_FN
8022
8023@hook TARGET_INVALID_CONVERSION
8024
8025@hook TARGET_INVALID_UNARY_OP
8026
8027@hook TARGET_INVALID_BINARY_OP
8028
8029@hook TARGET_PROMOTED_TYPE
8030
8031@hook TARGET_CONVERT_TO_TYPE
8032
8033@defmac OBJC_JBLEN
8034This macro determines the size of the objective C jump buffer for the
8035NeXT runtime. By default, OBJC_JBLEN is defined to an innocuous value.
8036@end defmac
8037
8038@defmac LIBGCC2_UNWIND_ATTRIBUTE
8039Define this macro if any target-specific attributes need to be attached
8040to the functions in @file{libgcc} that provide low-level support for
8041call stack unwinding.  It is used in declarations in @file{unwind-generic.h}
8042and the associated definitions of those functions.
8043@end defmac
8044
8045@hook TARGET_UPDATE_STACK_BOUNDARY
8046
8047@hook TARGET_GET_DRAP_RTX
8048
8049@hook TARGET_ALLOCATE_STACK_SLOTS_FOR_ARGS
8050
8051@hook TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR
8052
8053@hook TARGET_ASAN_SHADOW_OFFSET
8054
8055@hook TARGET_MEMMODEL_CHECK
8056
8057@hook TARGET_ATOMIC_TEST_AND_SET_TRUEVAL
8058
8059@hook TARGET_HAS_IFUNC_P
8060
8061@hook TARGET_ATOMIC_ALIGN_FOR_MODE
8062
8063@hook TARGET_ATOMIC_ASSIGN_EXPAND_FENV
8064
8065@hook TARGET_RECORD_OFFLOAD_SYMBOL
8066
8067@hook TARGET_OFFLOAD_OPTIONS
8068
8069@defmac TARGET_SUPPORTS_WIDE_INT
8070
8071On older ports, large integers are stored in @code{CONST_DOUBLE} rtl
8072objects.  Newer ports define @code{TARGET_SUPPORTS_WIDE_INT} to be nonzero
8073to indicate that large integers are stored in
8074@code{CONST_WIDE_INT} rtl objects.  The @code{CONST_WIDE_INT} allows
8075very large integer constants to be represented.  @code{CONST_DOUBLE}
8076is limited to twice the size of the host's @code{HOST_WIDE_INT}
8077representation.
8078
8079Converting a port mostly requires looking for the places where
8080@code{CONST_DOUBLE}s are used with @code{VOIDmode} and replacing that
8081code with code that accesses @code{CONST_WIDE_INT}s.  @samp{"grep -i
8082const_double"} at the port level gets you to 95% of the changes that
8083need to be made.  There are a few places that require a deeper look.
8084
8085@itemize @bullet
8086@item
8087There is no equivalent to @code{hval} and @code{lval} for
8088@code{CONST_WIDE_INT}s.  This would be difficult to express in the md
8089language since there are a variable number of elements.
8090
8091Most ports only check that @code{hval} is either 0 or -1 to see if the
8092value is small.  As mentioned above, this will no longer be necessary
8093since small constants are always @code{CONST_INT}.  Of course there
8094are still a few exceptions, the alpha's constraint used by the zap
8095instruction certainly requires careful examination by C code.
8096However, all the current code does is pass the hval and lval to C
8097code, so evolving the c code to look at the @code{CONST_WIDE_INT} is
8098not really a large change.
8099
8100@item
8101Because there is no standard template that ports use to materialize
8102constants, there is likely to be some futzing that is unique to each
8103port in this code.
8104
8105@item
8106The rtx costs may have to be adjusted to properly account for larger
8107constants that are represented as @code{CONST_WIDE_INT}.
8108@end itemize
8109
8110All and all it does not take long to convert ports that the
8111maintainer is familiar with.
8112
8113@end defmac
8114
8115@hook TARGET_RUN_TARGET_SELFTESTS
8116